-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Mqag/7KkDDLiN4MPeJ88vdy0Q8KaY+/QSdZUU8T02hQifHZTZc7POIcVDViLLVpj aL4KUWJ/H1cBNHfwDNfsrw== 0000725549-96-000004.txt : 19960501 0000725549-96-000004.hdr.sgml : 19960501 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000725549-96-000004 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 13 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 19960131 FILED AS OF DATE: 19960430 SROS: NYSE SROS: PSE FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000725549 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-MISCELLANEOUS AMUSEMENT & RECREATION [7990] IRS NUMBER: 880121916 STATE OF INCORPORATION: NV FISCAL YEAR END: 0131 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-08570 FILM NUMBER: 96553322 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 2880 LAS VEGAS BLVD S CITY: LAS VEGAS STATE: NV ZIP: 89109 BUSINESS PHONE: 7027340410 10-K 1 FORM 10-K SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 (Mark One) [X] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [FEE REQUIRED] For the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 OR [ ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 [NO FEE REQUIRED] For the transition period from to Commission File Number 1-8570 CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Nevada 88-0121916 (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer incorporation incorporation or organization) Identification No.) 2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109-1120 (Address of principal executive offices (Zip Code) Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (702) 734-0410 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of Class Name of Exchanges on which Registered Common Stock, $.01-2/3 Par Value New York Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange Common Stock Purchase Rights New York Stock Exchange and Pacific Stock Exchange Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes X No Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [ ] The aggregate market value of the voting stock of the Registrant held by persons other than the registrant's directors and executive officers as of April 22, 1996 (based upon the last reported sale price on the New York Stock Exchange on such date) was $3,216,018,338. The number of shares of Common Stock, $.01-2/3 par value, outstanding at April 22, 1996: 103,346,423. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE PART II - Portions of the Registrant's Annual Report to Stockholders for the year ended January 31, 1996 are incorporated by reference into Items 7 and 8, inclusive. PART III - Portions of the Registrant's definitive proxy statement in connection with the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on June 21, 1996, are incorporated by reference into Items 10 through 13, inclusive. PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS. General Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company"), which was incorporated in 1974, currently owns and operates, through wholly owned subsidiaries, ten hotel-casino properties in the State of Nevada with approximately 16,000 guest rooms, including four properties with approximately 2,400 rooms which were acquired in fiscal 1996. The Nevada properties currently owned and operated by the Company include (i) four properties in Las Vegas (Circus Circus-Las Vegas, Luxor, Excalibur and the Hacienda (acquired in September 1995)), (ii) the Circus Circus Hotel and Casino in Reno, (iii) the Colorado Belle Hotel and Casino and the Edgewater Hotel and Casino which are located on the Colorado River in Laughlin, (iv) Gold Strike Hotel and Gambling Hall, Nevada Landing Hotel & Casino in Jean (both acquired in June 1995), and (v) Railroad Pass Hotel and Casino in Henderson (acquired in June 1995). The Company also owns and operates a dockside casino situated on a 24-acre site in Tunica County, Mississippi and operates two smaller casinos on the Las Vegas Strip, Slots-A-Fun (which the Company also owns) and the Silver City Casino (which the Company operates under a long-term lease). The Company, through wholly owned subsidiaries, is a 50% participant in (i) a joint venture (the "Reno Joint Venture") which owns and operates Silver Legacy, a hotel-casino located in downtown Reno that opened in July 1995 and is situated between Circus Circus-Reno and another hotel-casino owned and operated by an affiliate of the other participant in the Reno Joint Venture, (ii) a joint venture (the "Elgin Joint Venture") which owns and operates The Grand Victoria, a riverboat casino, and a related land-based entertainment complex located in Elgin, Illinois, and (iii) a joint venture (the Las Vegas Joint Venture ) which is developing Monte Carlo, a 3,000-room hotel-casino project on the Las Vegas Strip scheduled to open in June 1996. The Company also owns a one-third interest in a company which is operating an interim casino in Windsor, Ontario, Canada that opened in May 1994. In December 1995, the interim facility was expanded to include a dockside casino. Negotiations are in progress on an agreement for a permanent facility. For additional information concerning the projects with which the Company is involved through the aforementioned joint ventures, see "Joint Venture Participations" in this Item 1. For a discussion of the Company s acquisition of Gold Strike, Nevada Landing, Railroad Pass and its 50% interests in the Elgin Joint Venture and the Las Vegas Joint Venture on June 1, 1995, reference is made to Exhibit 13 of this Report which is incorporated herein by this reference. Unless the context otherwise indicates, all references to the Company are to Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos Las Vegas, Nevada Circus Circus-Las Vegas. Circus Circus-Las Vegas, the Company's original property, is a circus-themed hotel and casino complex situated on approximately 69 acres on the north end of the Las Vegas Strip. The property, which has a total of 2,764 hotel rooms, includes approximately 110,000 square feet of casino space where, as of January 31, 1996, 2,446 slot machines and other coin-operated devices, 56 blackjack ("21") tables, four craps tables, seven roulette tables, eight other table games and a wheel of fortune as well as poker, keno and a race and sports book were available to the casino's patrons. From a "Big Top" above the casino, Circus Circus-Las Vegas offers its guests a variety of circus acts performed free of charge to the public from 11 a.m. to midnight daily. A mezzanine area overlooking the casino has a circus midway with carnival-style games and an arcade that offers a variety of amusements and electronic games. Two specialty restaurants, a buffet with a seating capacity of approximately 1,200, two coffee shops, several fast food snack bars, four cocktail bars and two cocktail service bars and a variety of gift shops and specialty shops are also available to the guests at Circus Circus-Las Vegas. Grand Slam Canyon, an "adventuredome" covering approximately five acres, opened in August 1993 and offers theme park entertainment that includes a high-speed, double-loop, double-corkscrew roller coaster, a coursing river flume ride on white-water rapids, several rides and attractions designed for pre-school age children, themed carnival-style midway games, a state-of-the art arcade, a 65-foot waterfall, fully animated life-size dinosaurs in their primeval habitat, food kiosks and souvenir shops, all in a climate- controlled setting under a giant pink space-frame dome. On-site parking is available for approximately 5,100 vehicles, including three garages that will accommodate approximately 3,200 vehicles and covered parking for approximately 320 vehicles beneath Grand Slam Canyon. Circus Circus-Las Vegas also offers accommodations for approximately 384 recreational vehicles at the property's Circusland RV Park. For information concerning the 1,000-room hotel tower currently under construction at Circus Circus-Las Vegas, see "Current Expansion Activities" in this Item 1. Luxor. Luxor is an Egyptian-themed hotel and casino complex which features a 30-story pyramid sheathed in reflective glass. Situated at the south end of the Las Vegas Strip on a 64-acre site adjacent to Excalibur, Luxor was opened to the public in October 1993 and offers its guests more than 400,000 square feet of public entertainment area on three different levels beneath a soaring hotel atrium enclosed by 2,526 hotel rooms, including 287 suites. The rooms can be reached from the four corners of the pyramid by state-of-the-art "inclinators" which travel at a 39-degree angle. Luxor includes approximately 100,000 square feet of casino space where, as of January 31, 1996, 2,082 slot machines and other coin-operated devices, 57 blackjack ("21") tables, six craps tables, nine roulette tables, 15 other table games and a wheel of fortune as well as poker, keno and a race and sports book were available to the casino's patrons. Above the casino, a series of high-tech "participatory" adventures arrayed in striking scenery are designed to seemingly transport visitors to extraordinary places of times past, present and future. Below the casino is a museum of the Tomb of King Tutankhamen featuring replicas of Egyptian artifacts as they were found in the tomb. Luxor's other public areas contain a buffet with a seating capacity of approximately 900, six themed restaurants including two gourmet restaurants, as well as a snack bar, seven cocktail lounges and a variety of specialty shops. In addition, the property's spa offers guests a relaxing escape from the excitement of the casino. Parking is available for nearly 4,200 vehicles, including a garage which contains approximately 1,000 spaces. For information concerning two hotel towers currently under construction which will increase the number of rooms at Luxor by approximately 2,000, see "Current Expansion Activities" in this Item 1. Excalibur. Excalibur is a castle-themed hotel and casino complex situated on the south end of the Las Vegas Strip on a 53-acre site adjacent to Luxor. Excalibur, which has a total of 4,032 hotel rooms, offers its guests more than 400,000 square feet of public entertainment area, including approximately 110,000 square feet of casino space where, as of January 31, 1996, 2,559 slot machines and other coin-operated devices, 58 blackjack ("21") tables, five craps tables, six roulette tables, 10 other table games and two wheels of fortune as well as poker, keno and a race and sports book were available to the casino's patrons. Excalibur's other public areas include a Renaissance faire, a medieval village, an amphitheater with seating capacity of nearly 1,000 where nightly mock jousting tournaments are held and costume drama are presented, two dynamic motion theaters, various artisans' booths and medieval games of skill. In addition, the property has a buffet with seating capacity of approximately 1,300, six themed restaurants, as well as four snack bars, several cocktail lounges and a variety of specialty shops. Parking is available for approximately 3,400 vehicles, including a garage which contains approximately 1,400 spaces. Hacienda. The Hacienda Hotel and Casino, acquired by the Company in September 1995, is situated on a 47-acre site at the south end of the Las Vegas Strip immediately to the south of Luxor. The Hacienda has 1,169 hotel rooms and approximately 35,000 square feet of casino space. As of January 31, 1996, the property included 868 slot machines and other coin operated devices, 15 blackjack ("21") tables, two craps tables, two roulette tables, five other table games, a wheel of fortune as well as poker, keno and a sports book. The Hacienda site is contiguous to an unimproved 73-acre site acquired by the Company in March 1995. The Company is operating the Hacienda while it finalizes plans to develop the Hacienda site and the aforementioned 73 acres as part of an integrated development with the Company s Luxor and Excalibur properties. See "Current Expansion Activities". Other Las Vegas Properties. The Silver City Casino and Slots-A-Fun have 18,200 and 16,700 square feet of casino space, respectively. Both casinos depend on foot traffic along the Las Vegas Strip for their business. As of January 31, 1996, the Silver City Casino had 563 slot machines and other coin-operated devices and 21 table games, while Slots-A-Fun had 623 such machines and devices and 23 table games. Reno, Nevada Circus Circus-Reno. Circus Circus-Reno is a circus-themed hotel and casino complex situated in downtown Reno, Nevada. The property, which has a total of 1,625 hotel rooms, includes approximately 60,000 square feet of casino space where, as of January 31, 1996, 1,633 slot machines and other coin-operated devices, 60 blackjack ("21") tables, three craps tables, six roulette tables, fourteen other table games and a wheel of fortune, as well as poker, keno and a race and sports book were available to the casino's patrons. From a "Big Top" above the casino, Circus Circus-Reno also offers its guests a variety of circus acts performed free of charge to the public from 11 a.m. to midnight daily. A mezzanine area overlooking the casino has a circus midway with carnival-style games and an arcade that offers a variety of amusement and electronic games. The facilities at Circus Circus-Reno also include a specialty restaurant, a buffet with a seating capacity of approximately 700, a coffee shop, three fast food snack bars, five cocktail lounges, a gift shop and specialty shops. Covered parking is available for over 1,800 vehicles. For information concerning the Company's participation in a joint venture which owns and operates Silver Legacy, a casino, hotel and entertainment complex which opened in July 1995 and is connected to Circus Circus-Reno by a skywalk, see "Joint Venture Participations -- Reno Joint Venture", below. Laughlin, Nevada Colorado Belle. The Colorado Belle Hotel and Casino is situated on a 22-acre site on the bank of the Colorado River (with 1,080 feet of river frontage) in Laughlin, Nevada, approximately 90 miles south of Las Vegas. The Colorado Belle features a 600-foot replica of a Mississippi riverboat with 200 hotel rooms, two towers containing an additional 1,034 hotel rooms and a casino with approximately 64,000 square feet of space where, as of January 31, 1996, 1,474 slot machines and other coin-operated devices, 31 blackjack ("21") tables, two craps tables, three roulette tables and four other table games as well as poker, keno and a sports book were available to the casino's patrons. The Colorado Belle's facilities also include a 350-seat buffet, a coffee shop, three specialty restaurants, two fast food snack bars, four cocktail lounges and a cocktail service bar as well as a gift shop and other specialty shops. There is surface parking available for approximately 1,700 vehicles. Edgewater. The Edgewater Hotel and Casino is situated on a 16-acre site adjacent to the Colorado Belle in Laughlin, Nevada with approximately 1,640 feet of frontage on the Colorado River. The property, which has 1,450 hotel rooms, includes approximately 44,000 square feet of casino space where, as of January 31, 1996, 1,347 slot machines and other coin-operated devices, 32 blackjack ("21") tables, two craps tables, four roulette tables, four other table games and a wheel of fortune as well as poker, keno and a race and sports book were available to the casino's patrons. The Edgewater's facilities also include a specialty restaurant, a coffee shop, a buffet with a seating capacity of approximately 735, a snack bar and three cocktail lounges. There is surface parking available for approximately 1,350 vehicles and a parking garage which can accommodate approximately 930 additional vehicles. Jean, Nevada Gold Strike. Gold Strike Hotel & Gambling Hall, which opened in December 1987 and was acquired by the Company in June 1995, is an "old west" themed casino-hotel located on approximately 51 acres of land on the east side of I-15, the primary thoroughfare between Las Vegas and southern California. The property includes, among other amenities, approximately 37,000 square feet of casino space, 813 hotel rooms, several restaurants, a gift shop, a swimming pool and spa, a banquet center equipped to serve 260 people and parking spaces for approximately 2,100 cars. As of January 31, 1996, 1,115 slot machines and other coin-operated devices and 22 table games, including 17 blackjack ("21") tables, two craps tables and two roulette wheels, as well as poker and keno were available to the casino's patrons. The casino has a stage bar with regularly scheduled live entertainment and a casino bar. Gold Strike also offers a children's arcade in order to accommodate the numerous families that visit the property. Nevada Landing. Built in 1989 and acquired by the Company in June 1995, Nevada Landing Hotel & Casino is a turn-of-the- century riverboat themed casino-hotel located on approximately 55 acres of land across I-15 from Gold Strike. The property includes approximately 36,000 square feet of casino space, 303 hotel rooms, a 72-seat Chinese restaurant, a full-service coffee shop, an all-you-can-eat buffet, a snack bar, a gift shop, a swimming pool and spa, a 300-guest banquet facility and parking spaces for approximately 1,400 cars. As of January 31, 1996, 1,050 slot machines and other coin-operated devices and 20 table games, including 15 blackjack ("21") tables, two craps tables and two roulette tables, as well as keno and a sports book were available to the casino's patrons. Henderson, Nevada Railroad Pass. Railroad Pass Hotel & Casino, which was acquired by the Company in June 1995, is situated on approximately 56 acres along US-93, the direct route between Las Vegas and Phoenix, Arizona. The property includes, among other amenities, approximately 21,000 square feet of casino space, 120 hotel rooms, two bars, two full-service restaurants, an all-you- can-eat buffet, gift shop, swimming pool, a 194-guest banquet facility and parking spaces for approximately 580 cars. As of January 31, 1996, Railroad Pass' casino offered 438 slot machines and nine gaming tables, including six blackjack ( 21 ) tables, one craps table and one roulette wheel, as well as a keno lounge, sports book and free bingo three days per week. In contrast with the Company's other Nevada properties, Railroad Pass caters to local residents, particularly from Henderson, who often prefer the informal, friendly atmosphere and easy access of Railroad Pass over the casinos on the Las Vegas Strip. Tunica County, Mississippi Circus Circus-Tunica. Circus Circus-Tunica, which was built by the Company and opened in August 1994, is a dockside casino situated on a 24-acre site along the Mississippi River in Tunica County, Mississippi, approximately three miles west of Mississippi State Highway 61 (a major north/south highway connecting Memphis, Tennessee with Tunica County) and approximately 20 miles south of Memphis. The facility, which has a total of approximately 127,000 square feet of space, is operated 24 hours a day and includes approximately 48,000 square feet of casino space in addition to restaurants and entertainment areas. As of January 31, 1996, 1,480 slot machines and other coin-operated devices and 50 table games, including 38 blackjack ("21") tables, five craps tables, four roulette tables, and three other table games, as well as poker were available to the casino's patrons. The facility also includes a specialty restaurant, a 500-seat buffet, a snack bar, three cocktail lounges and two service bars. The Company's Tunica site is a part of a three-casino development covering approximately 72-acres. The other two casinos are owned and operated by unaffiliated third parties. The Company also has an undivided one-half interest in an additional 388 acres of land contiguous to or near each of the three casino sites which may be used for future development. Marketing Generally, the Company follows a marketing and operating philosophy which emphasizes high-volume business by providing moderately priced hotel rooms, food and beverage and alternative entertainment in combination with the gaming activity. The Company also maintains stringent cost controls which are exemplified by a general policy of offering minimal credit for gaming customers at the Company's properties. Management believes that this philosophy sets the Company apart from its principal competitors. The Company's current operations are conducted 24 hours a day, every day of the year. The Company does not consider its business to be highly seasonal, although its operating income is typically somewhat lower in the fourth quarter. Management emphasizes courtesy and prompt service to its customers and aspires to a high standard of excellence in all of its operations. The Company believes it has been able to maintain high occupancy rates at its hotels, in part, due to the modest prices charged for its rooms and its advertised policy of assisting any customer who cannot be accommodated at its properties in finding similarly priced rooms in nearby hotels and motels. For the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, the combined occupancy rate of the Company s hotels (excluding complimentaries but including nonrefunded prepaid cancellations, and including each hotel acquired by the Company during such three-year period only for the portion of such period commencing with such acquisition) was approximately 93.5%, 95.7% and 97.8%, respectively. Circus Circus-Las Vegas and Circus Circus-Reno, which together contributed 27% of the Company's revenues in the year ended January 31, 1996 (and 29% and 36%, respectively, in the years ended January 31, 1995 and 1994), have popular buffets, attractive because of their variety, quality and low price. From a "Big Top" above the casino, both properties offer a variety of circus acts performed free of charge to the public from 11 a.m. to midnight daily. A mezzanine area overlooking each casino has a circus midway with carnival-style games and an arcade that offers a variety of amusement and electronic games. Grand Slam Canyon, an adventuredome opened in 1993 at Circus Circus- Las Vegas, offers additional theme park attractions at that property. Excalibur, which contributed 23% of the Company's revenues in the year ended January 31, 1996 (and 25% and 30%, respectively, in the years ended January 31, 1995 and 1994), attracts customers in the same manner as the Company's two circus-themed Nevada properties by offering quality rooms, food and entertainment at moderate prices. By way of entertainment, the medieval castle-themed Excalibur offers a medieval village, an amphitheater where mock tournaments and costume drama are presented, dynamic motion theaters, various artisans' booths and medieval games of skill. Luxor opened in October 1993 and contributed 20% of the Company's revenues in the year ended January 31, 1996 (and 24% and 9%, respectively, in the years ended January 31, 1995 and 1994), is designed to attract the higher income segment of the middle-income strata of gaming customers by offering a new level of entertainment and hotel accommodations. Designed with an Egyptian theme, the pyramid-shaped Luxor offers its guests a tri-level entertainment area which includes a series of high-tech "participatory" adventures arrayed in striking scenery designed to seemingly transport visitors to extraordinary places of times past, present and future. Other entertainment features include a museum replicating King Tut's Tomb and its contents. The Colorado Belle and Edgewater together contributed 13% of the Company's revenues in the year ended January 31, 1996 (and 16% and 21%, respectively, in the years ended January 31, 1995 and 1994). Forming the heart of the Laughlin "Strip", the Colorado Belle and the Edgewater combine to offer approximately 2,700 rooms and over 108,000 square feet of casino space. The Colorado Belle offers a classic Mississippi riverboat theme, complete with a 60-foot paddle wheel. The Edgewater's southwestern motif provides a relaxing atmosphere to enjoy the property's casino and other facilities. Connected by a scenic walkway, the two resorts form an inviting shoreline along the Colorado River. Gold Strike and Nevada Landing, which were acquired June 1, 1995, together contributed 4% of the Company's revenues in the year ended January 31, 1996. The two properties are located on opposite sides of I-15, the primary thoroughfare between Las Vegas and southern California, approximately 25 miles south of Las Vegas and 12 miles north of the California/Nevada border. The properties are conveniently located at the only highway interchange within 12 miles in either direction and are strategically positioned to attract the large number of people traveling to and from Las Vegas. Circus Circus-Tunica, which opened in August 1994, represents the Company's first wholly owned casino outside of Nevada as well as its first dockside casino and contributed 5% of the Company's revenues in the year ended January 31, 1996. The facility is part of an integrated three casino development that provides patrons with the opportunity to visit any of the three casinos without driving, a unique experience in the Tunica market. The three casinos are currently the closest and provide the easiest access from Tunica's primary feeder market, Memphis, Tennessee. The Company maintains an active media advertising program through radio, television, billboards and printed publications primarily in Nevada, California and Arizona for its Nevada properties and in the Memphis area for Circus Circus-Tunica. During the year ended January 31, 1996, the Company incurred total expenses relating to advertising (including the media advertising described above) of $54.4 million compared with $49.8 million and $40.4 million during the years ended January 31, 1995 and 1994, respectively. While the Company offers complimentary hotel accommodations, meals and drinks to its customers on an individual basis, no group complimentary arrangements are offered. Operations The primary source of revenues and income to the Company is its casinos, although the hotels, restaurants, bars, shops, midway games and other entertainment attractions and other services are an important adjunct to the casinos. The following table sets forth the contribution to net revenues on a dollar and percentage basis of the Company's major activities for each of the three most recent fiscal years. Year Ended January 31, 1996 1995 1994 (Dollars in thousands) Revenues:(1) Casino(2) . . . . . $ 664,772 51.2% $612,115 52.3% $538,813 55.9% Rooms(3). . . . . . 278,807 21.4% 232,346 19.9% 176,001 18.3% Food and beverage(3). . . . 201,385 15.5% 189,664 16.2% 152,469 15.8% Other(3). . . . . . 158,534 12.2% 166,295 14.2% 126,048 13.1% Earnings of unconsoli- dated affiliates 45,485 3.5% 5,459 .5% - - $1,348,983 103.8% 1,205,879 103.1% 993,331 103.1% Less: Complimentary allowances(3) . . 49,387 3.8% 35,697 3.1% 29,861 3.1% Net revenues. . . . . $1,299,596 100.0% $1,170,182 100.0% $963,470 100.0% (1) Includes operations of Gold Strike, Nevada Landing and Railroad Pass from June 1, 1995 and Hacienda from September 1, 1995. (2) Casino revenues are the net difference between the sums received as winnings and the sums paid as losses. (3) Food and beverage, Rooms and Other include the retail value of revenues from services which are provided to casino customers and others on a complimentary basis. Such amounts are then deducted as complimentary allowances to arrive at net revenue. In connection with its gaming activities, the Company follows a policy of stringent controls and cross checks on the recording of all receipts and disbursements. The audit and cash controls developed and utilized by the Company include the following: locked cash boxes, independent counters, checkers and observers to perform the daily cash and coin counts, floor observation of the gaming areas, closed-circuit television observation of certain areas, computer tabulation of receipts and disbursements for each of the Company's slot machines, tables and other games, and the rapid analysis and resolution of discrepancies or deviations from normal performance. The Company's credit policies are stringent and credit play historically has accounted for an insignificant portion of its gaming activities. Because of the Company's policies, its casino receivables have been significantly less than 1% of its total assets and its annual bad debt expense has been less than 1/10 of 1% of casino revenues. Joint Venture Participations The Company is currently a 50% participant in the Reno Joint Venture, which owns and operates a hotel-casino in Reno, Nevada; and the Elgin Joint Venture, which owns and operates a riverboat casino and land-based entertainment complex in Elgin, Illinois; and a one-third owner of a company which is operating interim casinos in Windsor, Ontario, Canada. The Company is also a 50% participant in the Las Vegas Joint Venture, which is constructing Monte Carlo, a 3,000-room hotel-casino complex on the Las Vegas Strip which is scheduled to open in June 1996. The following is a description of the casino projects with which the Company is currently involved as a joint venture participant: Reno Joint Venture (50% Participation) The Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, is a 50% participant with Eldorado Limited Liability Company ("Eldorado Limited") in the Reno Joint Venture, a general partnership which owns and operates Silver Legacy, a themed hotel-casino and entertainment complex situated on two city blocks in downtown Reno, Nevada. The casino and entertainment complex, which opened in July 1995, is located between Circus Circus-Reno and Eldorado Hotel & Casino (the "Eldorado"), which is owned and operated by an affiliate of Eldorado Limited. Silver Legacy's casino and entertainment complex is connected at the mezzanine level with Circus Circus-Reno and the Eldorado by enclosed climate- controlled skyways above the streets between the respective properties. The property's exterior is heavily themed to evoke images of Reno during the period from the 1880's through the 1930's. At the main pedestrian entrances to the casino (located on all four sides of the complex), patrons enter by passing through active retail establishments and store fronts reminiscent of turn-of-the-century Reno. Silver Legacy, which has 1,711 hotel rooms, includes approximately 85,000 square feet of gaming space on two levels, of which approximately 75,000 square feet is on the ground level and approximately 10,000 square feet is on the mezzanine level. As of January 31, 1996, Silver Legacy s casino had 2,256 slot machines and other coin operated devices and 88 table games which include blackjack ("21") tables, craps, roulette and baccarat. Extending up into a 180-foot diameter dome structure from the center of the casino floor is a 120-foot tall mining rig situated over a replica of a silver mine. The rig depicts a functioning mining rig with running ore wagons, water flumes, steam and beam- traction engines, cradles and working buckets, and appears to mine and smelt ore and pour liquid gold and silver into coins and bullion. A 240-seat delicatessen, bar and "sidewalk" cafe are located on the ground floor, and a seafood grill, a buffet and a 24-hour coffee shop are located on the casino s mezzanine level. The property also includes a 25,000-square foot special events center, a health spa and an outdoor pool and sun deck. The hotel complex also includes a ten-level parking structure with space for approximately 1,800 vehicles. Silver Legacy was completed at a total cost of approximately $350 million (excluding preopening expenses). Pursuant to the joint venture agreement relating to Silver Legacy (the "Reno Venture Agreement"), each of the participants contributed to the Reno Joint Venture cash or property with an agreed-to value of $51.9 million. In May 1995, the Reno Joint Venture entered into a $230 million Credit Agreement with a group of major banks. The indebtedness under the Credit Agreement is secured by a Deed of Trust on Silver Legacy and security interests in other assets of the Reno Joint Venture. The indebtedness incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement is subject to scheduled quarterly reductions ranging from $5 million to $7 million per quarter, and a scheduled reduction of $125 million on September 30, 2000. In addition to the scheduled quarterly payments, mandatory prepayments are required after the end of each of the first eight full fiscal quarters following the opening of Silver Legacy in the amount of 50% of the Reno Joint Venture's Consolidated Available Cash Flow (as defined). Each venturer's ability to participate in cash flows generated by Silver Legacy is limited by the terms of the Reno Venture Agreement and the Credit Agreement, and the Company's right to receive repayments of its below-mentioned loan to the Reno Joint Venture is subject to limitations under the Credit Agreement. The foregoing discussion of the Reno Venture Agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of such agreement which is included as Exhibit 10(w) to this Report. As a condition to the Credit Agreement, the Company entered into an agreement pursuant to which it guaranteed completion of Silver Legacy. As of January 31, 1996, the Reno Joint Venture was indebted to the Company for advances in the aggregate amount of $27.5 million, the repayment of which is subject to certain limitations under the terms of the Credit Agreement. The advances to Silver Legacy are secured by a second Deed of Trust on Silver Legacy. In addition, the Company entered into a make-well agreement with the Reno Joint Venture for the benefit of the lenders under the Credit Agreement pursuant to which the Company is obligated to make such additional contributions to the Reno Joint Venture as may be necessary to maintain the Reno Joint Venture's coverage ratio at a minimum permitted level of 1.05 to 1.00. As of January 31, 1996, the Company had not been required to make any contribution pursuant to the make-well agreement. As of January 31, 1996, the assets of the Reno Joint Venture, including Silver Legacy, were subject to encumbrances securing the repayment of indebtedness in the principal amount of $247.5 million. Elgin Joint Venture (50% Participation) In June 1995, the Company acquired an entity which is a 50% participant with an affiliate of Hyatt Development Corporation in the Elgin Joint Venture, an Illinois general partnership which owns and operates The Grand Victoria. The Grand Victoria, a Victorian themed riverboat casino and land-based entertainment complex, opened in October 1994 in Elgin, Illinois, a suburb approximately 40 miles northwest of downtown Chicago. Over eight million people live within a 50-mile radius of Elgin. The Grand Victoria, the largest cruising gaming vessel in the United States, offers a Las Vegas-style gaming experience. The two-story vessel is 420 feet in length and 110 feet in width, and provides a maximum 80,000 square feet of gaming space, approximately 36,000 square feet of which was being used at January 31, 1996. As of such date, the casino had 977 licensed slot machines and other coin operated devices and 56 table games. The vessel has a capacity of 1,500 persons and operates on a fixed cruising schedule consisting of eight cruises each Monday through Thursday and nine cruises each Friday, Saturday, Sunday and holiday. The dimensions of the specially designed riverboat allow The Grand Victoria to maximize the gaming positions permitted under existing Illinois gaming regulations. This feature also allows The Grand Victoria to significantly increase the number of on-board gaming positions and to adapt the vessel to provide for dockside gaming in the event of liberalized gaming regulations in the State of Illinois. An adjacent dockside complex on approximately 12 acres of land overlooking the Fox River contains an approximately 83,000-square-foot pavilion with two movie theaters, a 240-seat buffet, an 80-seat fine dining restaurant, a VIP lounge and a gift shop, in addition to ticketing and registration services for the riverboat. There is surface parking available for approximately 600 vehicles and a parking structure which accommodates approximately 1,400 vehicles. The Grand Victoria is strategically located in Elgin among the residential suburbs of Chicago, with nearby freeway access and direct train service from downtown Chicago. The Grand Victoria is located approximately 20 miles and 40 miles, respectively, from its nearest competitors in Aurora, Illinois and Joliet, Illinois, and holds one of only ten riverboat gaming licenses currently granted state-wide. After the Elgin Joint Venture has recovered its $112 million initial investment in The Grand Victoria, the Elgin Joint Venture is obligated to contribute 20% of its after-tax adjusted net operating income to various local educational, environmental and economic projects benefitting the City of Elgin and Kane County, Illinois. The Company anticipates that the Elgin Joint Venture will be required to begin making this contribution in the second quarter of fiscal 1997. In addition, the pavilion and parking lot are located on land leased by the Elgin Joint Venture from the City of Elgin for an initial period of ten years, subject to certain renewal and purchase options granted to the Elgin Joint Venture. Under the lease, the Elgin Joint Venture is obligated to pay base rent of approximately $110,000 per year until the date at which the Elgin Joint Venture's cumulative after tax cash flow equals $75 million. Thereafter, the Elgin Joint Venture's rent will be equal to the greater of the base rent or 3% of its net operating income. The Elgin Joint Venture may offset certain capital expenditures against this rental obligation. Further, rent is deductible from after-tax adjusted net operating income for purposes of calculating the 20% contribution obligation described above. For the first five years of the lease, the Elgin Joint Venture is also obligated to make certain payments to the City of Elgin to help defray law enforcement costs. Under its agreements with the City of Elgin, the Elgin Joint Venture also was granted an option to purchase an additional nine acres of land contiguous to the existing site. For information concerning certain regulatory requirements applicable to the ownership and operation of the Elgin Joint Venture's gaming facilities, see "Regulation and Licensing--Illinois" in this Item 1. As of January 31, 1996, the assets of the Elgin Joint Venture were not subject to any encumbrances securing the repayment of indebtedness. Las Vegas Joint Venture (50% Participation) In June 1995, the Company acquired an entity which is a 50% participant with an affiliate of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated ( Mirage ) in the Las Vegas Joint Venture, a Nevada general partnership, which is constructing Monte Carlo, a 3,000-room gaming resort that will have frontage of nearly 600 feet on the Las Vegas Strip. Monte Carlo, which will be located on 44 acres of the former "Dunes" golf course between two of the busiest intersections in Las Vegas, will be part of a cluster of new megaresorts including the MGM Grand, Excalibur and Luxor, and will be situated between Bellagio, a luxury resort currently under construction by Mirage and New York- New York, a casino resort being jointly developed by MGM Grand, Inc. and Primadonna Resorts, Inc. Monte Carlo, which is expected to open in June 1996, will contain approximately 90,000 square feet of casino space with a palatial style reminiscent of the Belle Epoque, the French Victorian architecture of the late 19th century. The property will include a recreated Victorian town square featuring ornate facades and an old-time "carnival" with circus acts, musicians, interactive games, high-tech arcade rides and other nongaming recreational activities. A 1,200-seat replica of a plush vaudeville theater, including a balcony and proscenium arch, will feature an elaborately staged show of illusions. It is currently contemplated that a themed walking path and tram will link Monte Carlo to Bellagio. The entity acquired by the Company, Gold Strike L.V., a Nevada general partnership (the Circus Participant ), is the managing partner of the Las Vegas Joint Venture and, subject to certain exceptions, has sole authority for the design, development, construction and operation of Monte Carlo. The cost of construction (including preopening expenses, capitalized interest and land acquisition costs) is estimated to be approximately $350 million. The Las Vegas Joint Venture has obtained a $200 million nonrecourse construction debt facility from a consortium of major banks, which, subject to certain conditions, will convert to a permanent reducing revolving loan once Monte Carlo opens. Pursuant to the Las Vegas Joint Venture's joint venture agreement (the "Las Vegas Joint Venture Agreement"), the aggregate principal amount of construction financing and all other joint venture indebtedness outstanding shall not exceed $210 million. The Company estimates that the Circus Participant s equity contribution to the Monte Carlo project will be approximately $70 million. The Circus Participant will be responsible for any construction cost overruns beyond the $210 million debt limit, cash equity contributions by both partners and the cost of the land. Construction of Monte Carlo commenced in April 1995. If construction of Monte Carlo is not completed and the facility is not open to the public by December 31, 1996, unless such delay is not within the Circus Participant s control, Mirage may either (i) elect to become the managing partner of the Las Vegas Joint Venture, (ii) dissolve the joint venture and receive from the Circus Participant a $2 million termination fee, or (iii) purchase the Circus Participant's entire interest in the Las Vegas Joint Venture for cash in an amount equal to the Circus Participant's capital account balance in the joint venture. In connection with the development of Monte Carlo, the Company has unconditionally guaranteed completion of the construction of Monte Carlo. The foregoing discussion of the Las Vegas Joint Venture Agreement is qualified in its entirely by reference to the full text of such agreement and amendments thereto which are included as Exhibits 10(ccc), 10(ddd), 10(eee) and 10(fff) to this Report. As of January 31, 1996, the assets of the Las Vegas Joint Venture were subject to encumbrances securing the repayment of indebtedness in the aggregate principal amount of $112 million. Windsor Joint Venture (33 1/3% Participation) The Company is a participant in a casino in Windsor, Ontario, Canada with Hilton Hotels Corporation and Caesars World, Inc., through its ownership of a one-third interest in Windsor Casino Limited, an Ontario corporation ("WCL"), which has been awarded the exclusive right to negotiate an agreement to develop and operate a casino in Windsor, Ontario, Canada, approximately 1.5 miles from Detroit, Michigan across the Detroit River. WCL plans, subject to reaching such agreement, to develop and operate a hotel-casino which will include slot machines and table games as well as a 400-room hotel, meeting facilities, entertainment and other public areas. WCL opened an interim land-based casino in May 1994 and a dockside casino in December 1995. WCL is currently negotiating an agreement for a permanent facility. For information concerning certain regulatory requirements applicable to the ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Windsor, see "Regulation and Licensing -- Windsor, Ontario, Canada" in this Item 1. Other For information concerning the Company s termination of its participation in the development of a riverboat casino project in Chalmette, Louisiana by its purchase in June 1995 of the remaining 50% interest in the venture entity and the sale of the unfinished project, see Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated by reference in Item 8 of this Report. Current Expansion Activities In January 1996, the Company commenced construction on a major expansion at Luxor that will include approximately 2,000 additional rooms, situated in two identical 22-story towers designed in a stepped-pyramid style, located between Luxor and Excalibur. The expansion will also include additional casino space, retail area, restaurants, and a multi-purpose showroom, as well as a signature dark ride with a working title of "Tutmania", an adventure through the fabled and enchanted tombs of ancient Egypt. The rooms should open by the end of calendar 1996. The estimated cost for this expansion is expected to be approximately $250 million. Also in January 1996, the Company commenced construction of a 1,000-room tower addition at Circus Circus-Las Vegas, which is scheduled for completion by the end of 1996. This addition will bring the total number of rooms at Circus Circus-Las Vegas to approximately 3,800. In concert with this expansion, the Company is also refurbishing all of the existing rooms at Circus Circus- Las Vegas. The estimated cost of the 1,000-room tower is approximately $60 million. Construction is expected to commence by the end of the fiscal year on the site where the Hacienda currently sits. This hotel/casino project is anticipated to include as many as 4,000 hotel rooms as well as many nongaming attractions. Although plans are preliminary, the cost of the project is estimated to be approximately $700-$800 million, exclusive of land and is expected to open in mid-1998. During fiscal 1997, the Company expects to refurbish all of the existing rooms and begin construction of an additional parking garage at Circus Circus-Reno. The room refurbishment will be completed during the current year, while the parking garage will be completed the following year. The estimated cost of these projects is approximately $35 million. The Company anticipates that the expansion projects discussed above (particularly those at Luxor) will partially disrupt business and negatively impact operating results during the expansion phase, although the Company is not able to predict the extent or magnitude of this impact. The Company has been negotiating with Mirage to participate in the development of a 150-acre site located in the Marina District of Atlantic City. Mirage recently entered into an agreement with the city of Atlantic City to acquire the site. Mirage's development of the site is subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions, including its receipt of all requisite licenses, permits, allocations and authorizations, resolution of real estate title issues, its determination that the costs of environmental remediation are not unreasonable and the approval by the State of New Jersey of funding for certain significant improvements affecting the site. Accordingly, there can be no assurances as to whether or when Mirage will proceed with its development of the site. The Company's participation is subject to Mirage's determination to proceed with development of the site and the Company's successful negotiation of an agreement with Mirage, which would provide for the development of a hotel- casino, adjacent and linked to Mirage's. The Company's ability to proceed is also subject to its obtaining the requisite gaming and other approvals and licenses in New Jersey, as well as the approval of the gaming authorities of various other jurisdictions. Assuming the Company's consummation of an agreement with Mirage and receipt of the requisite licenses and approvals, the Company could begin construction sometime next year, with an anticipated 24-month construction period. While the exact extent of a potential development cannot be determined at this time, the Company is currently contemplating an investment of $500-$600 million to construct a hotel/casino megaresort with at least 2,000 rooms. Consistent with past practice and the longstanding policy of making substantial investments in its gaming business at regular intervals, the Company continues to actively pursue new projects, either by development or acquisition. New projects may be undertaken in Nevada, where all but one of the Company's wholly owned operating properties are currently located, or in other jurisdictions within the United States or abroad where gaming has been legalized. Such projects may be wholly owned and operated by the Company, or may be developed, owned and/or operated through joint ventures involving the Company and one or more other parties. The Company believes that its financial resources are adequate to permit it to successfully meet its commitments with respect to its current expansion projects and joint venture participations. However, depending on the timing, size and nature of the Company's commitments with respect thereto, future expansion projects or joint venture participations may require the Company to seek additional debt or equity funding. Competition Recognizing that middle class vacationers enjoy gaming, but also vacation with their families, the Company seeks to appeal to this value-oriented market and satisfy the group's diverse entertainment demands by offering exciting entertainment opportunities at reasonable prices. The Company seeks to achieve this objective through its entertainment "megastores", such as the Circus properties in Las Vegas and Reno, Luxor, Excalibur, Colorado Belle and Edgewater, by offering gaming combined with dramatic entertainment concepts and reasonably priced rooms, reasonably priced food and beverage and prompt, courteous service. As of January 31, 1996, the Company was the largest hotel-casino operator in the Las Vegas and Laughlin markets in terms of total square footage of casino space and number of hotel rooms. The Company's Las Vegas casino and hotel operations, which are conducted from facilities located primarily along the Las Vegas Strip, currently compete with approximately 27 major hotel- casinos and a number of smaller casinos located on or near the Las Vegas Strip Such operations also compete with casinos located in downtown Las Vegas, approximately 12 of which offer hotel, food and beverage and entertainment facilities, and several major hotel-casinos located elsewhere in the Las Vegas area. The Company's Las Vegas properties also compete, to a lesser extent, with casino and hotel facilities in other parts of Nevada, including Laughlin, Reno and along I-15 (the principal means of access to Las Vegas from southern California by car) near the California-Nevada state line. The casino and hotel capacity continues to increase in the Las Vegas market. During the fourth calendar quarter of 1993, two major new hotel-casinos, including Luxor, opened at the south end of the Las Vegas Strip, and a third such property opened near the center of the Las Vegas Strip. These three properties added significant casino capacity and over 10,500 hotel rooms to the existing Las Vegas market. These openings have shifted the focus of the Las Vegas Strip toward its south end, although at Circus Circus-Las Vegas (which is located at the Strip's northern end) results were not significantly different compared to the prior year. The Company also believes such openings had a negative impact on Laughlin area properties, including the Colorado Belle and the Edgewater, by drawing visitors from the Laughlin market, which has resulted in increased competition among Laughlin properties for a reduced number of visitors thus contributing to generally lower revenues and profit margins at Laughlin properties, including the Colorado Belle and the Edgewater. In April 1996, an additional competitor opened on the northern end of the Strip (north of Circus Circus-Las Vegas). This property opened with 1,500 hotel rooms (expanding to 2,500 by year-end), 97,000 square feet of casino space and various entertainment attractions. In the current year, 3,000 additional rooms and approximately 90,000 square feet of casino space will be added with the scheduled June opening of Monte Carlo (in which the Company has a 50% interest), and approximately 3,000 additional rooms will be added with the completion of an approximate 2,000- room expansion at Luxor and a 1,000-room expansion at Circus Circus-Las Vegas, each scheduled for completion by December 1996. Two other major Las Vegas Strip projects are currently under construction on sites contiguous to the Monte Carlo site. According to public statements of the developers, New York, New York is scheduled to open in December 1996 and will add an additional 2,000 rooms and approximately 90,000 square feet of casino space, and Bellagio is expected to open in the spring of 1998 with 3,000 rooms and a large casino. The Company cannot determine at this time what impact the opening of the projects currently under construction will have on the Company's operations. Excalibur (which has a total of 4,032 rooms) and Luxor (which currently has 2,526 rooms and will add approximately 2,000 additional rooms with the completion of two additional hotel towers currently under construction) each has benefited from walk-in business attributable to the registered guests and casino customers at the other property. While the impact on the Company of the current expansion of its facilities in Las Vegas cannot be determined at this time, management believes that the Company's Las Vegas operations, on a consolidated basis, have benefited significantly as a result of the addition of Luxor, which represents the Company s most recent introduction to the Las Vegas market of new hotel or casino capacity. Circus Circus-Reno competes with approximately 13 major casinos (the majority of which offer hotel rooms), including Silver Legacy, a 1,700-room hotel-casino complex which opened in July 1995 and is 50% owned by a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, and Eldorado Limited. Circus Circus-Reno and Silver Legacy also compete with numerous other smaller casinos in the greater Reno area and, to a lesser extent, with casino and hotel facilities in other parts of Nevada. Silver Legacy, situated between Circus Circus-Reno and the Eldorado Hotel & Casino, is connected to each of such properties at the mezzanine level by enclosed climate-controlled skyways above the streets between the respective properties, thus facilitating the flow of customers within the three properties. Since the opening of Silver Legacy, results at Circus Circus-Reno have been affected as guests staying at Circus Circus-Reno have chosen to visit Silver Legacy during their stay. In Laughlin, the Colorado Belle and the Edgewater, which together accounted for approximately 24% of the rooms in Laughlin as of January 31, 1996, compete with eight other Laughlin casinos. They also compete with the hotel-casinos in Las Vegas and those situated on I-15 (the principal highway between Las Vegas and Los Angeles) near the Nevada-California state line, as well as a growing number of casinos on Indian reservations in Laughlin's regional market. While the Colorado Belle and the Edgewater also compete with each other, both properties have maintained occupancy levels of above 85% at their hotels and, because the two properties are situated on adjoining sites, the Company believes that each property benefits from walk-in business attributable to the registered guests and casino customers at the other property. The Company believes that it receives the major portion of its Las Vegas business from southern California and to a lesser degree from the remainder of the southwestern United States. The major portion of its Reno business is derived from northern California and to a lesser degree from the northwestern United States. Laughlin's business is derived principally from Arizona and southern California. The Company s Jean, Nevada properties, Gold Strike and Nevada Landing, are located on I-15, the primary thoroughfare between Las Vegas and southern California, approximately 25 miles south of Las Vegas and 12 miles north of the California/Nevada border, and are dependent for their customers almost entirely on the large number of people traveling between Las Vegas and southern California. As such, these properties compete with the large concentration of hotel, casino and other entertainment options available in Las Vegas as well as three hotel-casinos clustered at the California/Nevada border which, according to published reports, offer over 2,000 rooms and over 100,000 square feet of casino space as well as restaurants and entertainment facilities. The State of Mississippi legalized casino gaming on the water along the Mississippi River and the Mississippi Gulf Coast in June 1990. Circus Circus-Tunica competes with eight other casinos in Tunica County. New competition will enter the Tunica market at Buck Lake, directly north of Tunica by the summer of 1996. This proposed property, which is being developed by Grand Casinos, will be larger in capacity and situated closer to Memphis than all of the existing facilities in Tunica County. There is no limit on the number of licenses that may be granted within Mississippi or within any county in Mississippi. The Company believes that Circus Circus-Tunica's principal market is the area within 100 miles of Tunica County. This area includes Memphis, Tennessee (with a population of approximately 1,000,000), Little Rock, Arkansas (with a population of approximately 500,000) and northern Mississippi (with a population base of over 250,000). Tunica County is currently the closest legalized gaming jurisdiction to Memphis. Because Circus Circus-Tunica is heavily dependent upon the patronage of Memphis residents and upon tourists and other out-of-state gaming customers coming to Tunica from Memphis, the opening of gaming casinos at locations closer to Memphis could have a material adverse effect on Circus Circus-Tunica's operations. In this regard, De Soto County, the northwestern most Mississippi county and the nearest to Memphis, by local referendum in November 1992 voted against authorizing gaming activities in the county, but could at any time after October 1996 vote to allow gaming activities. In addition, the authorization of gaming activities in Arkansas, or Tennessee, which currently has a constitutional restriction on gaming activities, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's Tunica County operations. Gaming has expanded dramatically in the United States in recent years. This growth has been reflected in various forms including riverboats, dockside gaming facilities, Native American gaming ventures, land-based casinos, state-sponsored lotteries, off-track wagering and card parlors. Since 1990, when there were casinos in only three states (excluding casinos on Native American lands), gaming has spread to a number of additional states and still other states are currently considering the legalization of casino gaming in specific geographic areas within their jurisdictions. Casino gaming is currently conducted by numerous Native American tribes throughout the United States and other Native American tribes are either in the process of establishing or are considering the establishment of gaming at additional locations, including sites in California and Arizona. The Company does not believe that gaming, as presently conducted in other states, has had a material adverse impact on its operations. The competitive impact on Nevada gaming establishments, in general, and the Company's operations, in particular, from the continued growth of gaming in jurisdictions outside of Nevada cannot be determined at this time. The Company believes that the introduction of casino gaming in areas close to Nevada, such as California and Arizona, could have an adverse impact on the Company's operations and, depending on the nature, location and extent of such operations, such impact could be material. Regulation and Licensing Nevada The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Nevada are subject to: (i) the Nevada Gaming Control Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the "Nevada Act"); and (ii) various local ordinances and regulations. The Company's gaming operations are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the Nevada Gaming Commission (the "Nevada Commission"), the Nevada State Gaming Control Board (the "Nevada Board"), and various local licensing and regulatory authorities, including the Clark County Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board, the City of Reno and the City of Henderson (collectively, the "Local Authorities"). The Nevada Commission, the Nevada Board and the Local Authorities are collectively referred to as the "Nevada Gaming Authorities". The laws, regulations and supervisory procedures of the Nevada Gaming Authorities are based upon declarations of public policy which are concerned with, among other things: (i) the prevention of unsavory or unsuitable persons from having a direct or indirect involvement with gaming at any time or in any capacity; (ii) the establishment and maintenance of responsible accounting practices and procedures; (iii) the maintenance of effective controls over the financial practices of licensees, including the establishment of minimum procedures for internal fiscal affairs and the safeguarding of assets and revenues, providing reliable record keeping and requiring the filing of periodic reports with the Nevada Gaming Authorities; (iv) the prevention of cheating and fraudulent practices; and (v) providing a source of state and local revenues through taxation and licensing fees. Changes in such laws, regulations and procedures could have an adverse effect on the Company's gaming operations. The Company's direct and indirect subsidiaries that conduct gaming operations or have an ownership interest in an entity that conducts gaming operations are required to be licensed by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Company is registered by the Nevada Commission as a publicly traded corporation (a "Registered Corporation") and has been found suitable to own the stock of Circus Circus Casinos, Inc., Slots-A-Fun, Inc., Edgewater Hotel Corporation, Colorado Belle Corp., New Castle Corp., Ramparts, Inc. and Pinkless, Inc., each of which is a corporate gaming licensee under the terms of the Nevada Act ( individually, a "Corporate Licensee" and collectively with the additional corporate subsidiaries referenced hereinbelow, the "Corporate Licensees") that has been licensed to conduct nonrestricted gaming operations at its respective gaming establishment. The Company has also been found suitable to own the stock of M.S.E. Investments, Incorporated ("M.S.E."), Last Chance Investments, Inc. ("LCI"), Goldstrike Investments, Inc. ("GII"), Diamond Gold, Inc. ("DGI"), Oasis Development Company, Inc. ("Oasis") and Galleon, Inc. ("Galleon"), each of which is a Corporate Licensee that has been licensed as a general partner of one or more Nevada general partnerships that have been licensed to conduct nonrestricted or restricted gaming operations at their respective gaming establishments. M.S.E., LCI and GII are each licensed as general partners of Railroad Pass Investment Group, a Nevada general partnership ("Railroad Pass"), Jean Development Company, a Nevada general partnership ("Jean Development"), Jean Development West, a Nevada general partnership ("Jean West"), Gold Strike Fuel Company, a Nevada general partnership ("GSFC") and Jean Fuel Company West, a Nevada general partnership ("Jean Fuel"); DGI is licensed as a general partner of Jean West; Oasis is licensed as a general partner of GSFC and Jean Fuel; and Galleon is licensed as a 50% general partner of Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture, a Nevada general partnership ("CEJV") (all such general partnerships individually, a "Partnership Licensee" and collectively, the "Partnership Licensees"). Railroad Pass, Jean Development, Jean West, and CEJV have each been licensed to conduct nonrestricted gaming operations at their respective gaming establishments and Jean Fuel and GSFC have each been licensed to conduct restricted gaming operations consisting of 15 or fewer slot machines at their respective gaming establishments. The gaming licenses held by the Corporate Licensees and the Partnership Licensees (each individually, a "Gaming Subsidiary" and collectively, the "Gaming Subsidiaries") to conduct nonrestricted gaming operations require the payment of periodic fees and taxes and are not transferable. As a Registered Corporation, the Company is required periodically to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission and furnish any other information which the Nevada Commission may require. No person may become a stockholder or partner of, or receive any percentage of profits from the Gaming Subsidiaries without first obtaining licenses and approvals from the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Company and the Gaming Subsidiaries have obtained from the Nevada Gaming Authorities the various registrations, approvals, findings of suitability permits and licenses required in order to engage in gaming activities in Nevada. The Nevada Gaming Authorities may investigate any individual who has a material relationship to, or material involvement with, the Company or the Gaming Subsidiaries in order to determine whether such individual is suitable or should be licensed as a business associate of a gaming licensee. Officers, directors and certain key employees of the Gaming Subsidiaries must file applications with the Nevada Gaming Authorities and may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. Officers, directors and key employees of the Company who are actively and directly involved in gaming activities of the Gaming Subsidiaries may be required to be licensed or found suitable by the Nevada Gaming Authorities. The Nevada Gaming Authorities may deny an application for licensing for any cause which they deem reasonable. A finding of suitability is comparable to licensing, and both require submission of detailed personal and financial information followed by a thorough investigation. The applicant for licensing or a finding of suitability must pay all the costs of the investigation. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Nevada Gaming Authorities and in addition to their authority to deny an application for a finding of suitability or licensure, the Nevada Gaming Authorities have jurisdiction to disapprove a change in a corporate position. If the Nevada Gaming Authorities were to find an officer, director or key employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a relationship with the Company or a Gaming Subsidiary, the companies involved would have to sever all relationships with such person. In addition, the Nevada Commission may require the Company and the Gaming Subsidiaries to terminate the employment of any person who refuses to file appropriate applications. Determinations of suitability or of questions pertaining to licensing are not subject to judicial review in Nevada. The Company and the Gaming Subsidiaries are required to submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Nevada Commission. Substantially all material loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions by the Gaming Subsidiaries must be reported to or approved by the Nevada Commission. If it were determined that the Nevada Act was violated by a Gaming Subsidiary, the gaming licenses it holds could be limited, conditioned, suspended or revoked, subject to compliance with certain statutory and regulatory procedures. In addition, the Gaming Subsidiaries, the Company and the persons involved could be subject to substantial fines for each separate violation of the Nevada Act at the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Further, a supervisor could be appointed by the Nevada Commission to operate the Company's gaming properties and, under certain circumstances, earnings generated during the supervisor's appointment (except for reasonable rental value of the casino) could be forfeited to the State of Nevada. Limitation, conditioning or suspension of any gaming license or the appointment of a supervisor could (and revocation of any gaming license would) materially adversely affect the Company's gaming operations. Any beneficial holder of the Company's voting securities, regardless of the number of shares owned, may be required to file an application, be investigated, and have his suitability as a beneficial holder of the Company's voting securities determined if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such ownership would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policies of the state of Nevada. The applicant must pay all costs of investigation incurred by the Nevada Gaming Authorities in conducting any such investigation. The Nevada Act requires any person who acquires more than five percent of a Registered Corporation's voting securities to report the acquisition to the Nevada Commission. The Nevada Act requires that beneficial owners of more than 10% of a Registered Corporation's voting securities apply to the Nevada Commission for a finding of suitability within thirty days after the Chairman of the Nevada Board mails the written notice requiring such filing. Under certain circumstances, an "institutional investor", as defined in the Nevada Act, which acquires more than 10%, but not more than 15%, of the Registered Corporation's voting securities may apply to the Nevada Commission for a waiver of such finding of suitability if such institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. An institutional investor shall not be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes unless the voting securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of business as an institutional investor and not for the purpose of causing, directly or indirectly, the election of a majority of the members of the board of directors of the Company, any change in the Company's corporate charter, bylaws, management, policies or operations of the Registered Corporation, or any of its gaming affiliates, or any other action which the Nevada Commission finds to be inconsistent with holding the Registered Corporation's voting securities for investment purposes only. Activities which are not deemed to be inconsistent with holding voting securities for investment purposes only include: (i) voting on all matters voted on by stockholders; (ii) making financial and other inquiries of management of the type normally made by securities analysts for informational purposes and not to cause a change in its management, policies or operations; and (iii) such other activities as the Nevada Commission may determine to be consistent with such investment intent. If the beneficial holder of voting securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation. Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a license within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the Nevada Commission or the Chairman of the Nevada Board, may be found unsuitable. The same restrictions apply to a record owner if the record owner, after request, fails to identify the beneficial owner. Any stockholder found unsuitable and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of the Company's voting securities beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Nevada Commission may be guilty of a criminal offense. The Company is subject to disciplinary action if, after it receives notice that a person is unsuitable to be a stockholder or to have any other relationship with the Company or the Gaming Subsidiaries, the Company: (i) pays that person any dividend or interest upon voting securities of the Company; (ii) allows that person to exercise, directly or indirectly, any voting right conferred through securities held by that person; (iii) pays remuneration in any form to that person for services rendered or otherwise; or (iv) fails to pursue all lawful efforts to require such unsuitable person to relinquish his voting securities including, if necessary, the immediate purchase of said voting securities for cash at fair market value. Additionally, the Clark County Liquor and Gaming Licensing Board has the authority to approve all persons owning or controlling the stock of any corporation controlling a gaming licensee. The Nevada Commission may, in its discretion, require the holder of any debt security of a Registered Corporation to file applications, be investigated and be found suitable to own the debt security of a Registered Corporation if the Nevada Commission has reason to believe that such holder's acquisition of such debt security would otherwise be inconsistent with the declared policy of the State of Nevada. If the Nevada Commission determines that a person is unsuitable to own such security, then pursuant to the Nevada Act, the Registered Corporation can be sanctioned, including the loss of its approvals, if without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission, it: (i) pays to the unsuitable person any dividend, interest, or any distribution whatsoever; (ii) recognizes any voting right by such unsuitable person in connection with such securities; (iii) pays the unsuitable person remuneration in any form; or (iv) makes any payment to the unsuitable person by way of principal, redemption, conversion, exchange, liquidation or similar transaction. The Company is required to maintain a current stock ledger in Nevada which may be examined by the Nevada Gaming Authorities at any time. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Nevada Gaming Authorities. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder unsuitable. The Company is also required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of the beneficial owner. The Nevada Commission has the power to require the Company's stock certificates to bear a legend indicating that the securities are subject to the Nevada Act. However, to date, the Nevada Commission has not imposed such a requirement on the Company. The Company may not make a public offering of its securities without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission if the securities or proceeds therefrom are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in Nevada, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for such purposes. On August 24, 1995, the Nevada Commission granted the Company prior approval to make public offerings for a period of one year, subject to certain conditions (the "Shelf Approval"). The Shelf Approval also applies to any affiliated company wholly owned by the Company (an "Affiliate") which is a publicly traded corporation or would thereby become a publicly traded corporation pursuant to a public offering. The Shelf Approval also includes approval for the Corporate Licensees to guarantee any security issued by, or to hypothecate their assets to secure the payment or performance of any obligations issued by, the Company or an Affiliate in a public offering under the Shelf Registration. However, the Shelf Approval may be rescinded for good cause without prior notice upon the issuance of an interlocutory stop order by the Chairman of the Nevada Board and must be renewed annually. The Shelf Approval does not constitute a finding, recommendation or approval by the Nevada Commission or the Nevada Board as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the securities offered. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful. Changes in control of the Company through merger, consolidation, stock or asset acquisitions, management or consulting agreements, or any act or conduct by a person whereby he obtains control, may not occur without the prior approval of the Nevada Commission. Entities seeking to acquire control of a Registered Corporation must satisfy the Nevada Board and Nevada Commission in a variety of stringent standards prior to assuming control of such Registered Corporation. The Nevada Commission may also require controlling stockholders, officers, directors and other persons having a material relationship or involvement with the entity proposing to acquire control, to be investigated and licensed as part of the approval process relating to the transaction. The Nevada legislature has declared that some corporate acquisitions opposed by management, repurchases of voting securities and corporate defense tactics affecting Nevada gaming corporate licensees, and Registered Corporations that are affiliated with those operations, may be injurious to stable and productive corporate gaming. The Nevada Commission has established a regulatory scheme to ameliorate the potentially adverse effects of these business practices upon Nevada's gaming industry and to further Nevada's policy to: (i) assure the financial stability of corporate gaming operators and their affiliates; (ii) preserve the beneficial aspects of conducting business in the corporate form; and (iii) promote a neutral environment for the orderly governance of corporate affairs. Approvals are, in certain circumstances, required from the Nevada Commission before the Company can make exceptional repurchases of voting securities above the current market price thereof and before a corporate acquisition opposed by management can be consummated. The Nevada Act also requires prior approval of a plan of recapitalization proposed by the Company's Board of Directors in response to a tender offer made directly to the Registered Corporation's stockholders for the purposes of acquiring control of the Registered Corporation. License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type of gaming or activity involved, are payable to the State of Nevada and to the counties and cities in which the Gaming Subsidiaries' respective operations are conducted. Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are payable either monthly, quarterly or annually and are based upon either: (i) a percentage of the gross revenues received; (ii) the number of gaming devices operated; or (iii) the number of table games operated. A casino entertainment tax is also paid by nonrestricted casino operations where entertainment is furnished in connection with the selling of food or refreshments. Nevada licensees that hold a license as an operator of a slot route, or a manufacturer's or distributor's license, also pay certain fees and taxes to the State of Nevada. Any person who is licensed, required to be licensed, registered, required to be registered, or is under common control with such persons (collectively, the "Licensees"), and who proposes to become involved in a gaming venture outside of Nevada, is required to deposit with the Nevada Board, and thereafter maintain, a revolving fund in the amount of $10,000 to pay the expenses of investigation by the Nevada Board of their participation in such foreign gaming. The revolving fund is subject to increase or decrease in the discretion of the Nevada Commission. Thereafter, Licensees are required to comply with certain reporting requirements imposed by the Nevada Act. Licensees are also subject to disciplinary action by the Nevada Commission if they knowingly violate any laws of the foreign jurisdiction pertaining to the foreign gaming operation, fail to conduct the foreign gaming operation in accordance with the standards of honesty and integrity required of Nevada gaming operations, engage in activities that are harmful to the state of Nevada or its ability to collect gaming taxes and fees, or employ a person in the foreign operation who has been denied a license or finding of suitability in Nevada on the ground of personal unsuitability. The sale of alcoholic beverages at the gaming establishments operated by the Gaming Subsidiaries is subject to licensing, control and regulation by the applicable Local Authorities. All licenses are revocable and are not transferable. The Local Authorities involved have full power to limit, condition, suspend or revoke any such license, and any such disciplinary action could (and revocation would) have a material adverse affect upon the operations of the licensed gaming establishments. Mississippi The Company conducts its Mississippi gaming operations through a Mississippi subsidiary, Circus Circus Mississippi, Inc. ("CCMI"). The ownership and operation of casino gaming facilities in Mississippi are subject to extensive state and local regulation. In order to open and operate Circus Circus- Tunica, the Company was required to register under the Mississippi Gaming Control Act (the "Mississippi Act") and its Mississippi gaming operations are subject to the licensing and regulatory control of the Mississippi Gaming Commission (the "Mississippi Commission") and various local and county regulatory agencies. Effective October 29, 1991, the Mississippi Commission adopted regulations in furtherance of the Mississippi Act (the "regulations"). Changes in the Mississippi Act, the regulations and/or interpretations of the Mississippi Act and the regulations by the Mississippi Commission could have a material adverse effect on gaming operations conducted by the Company in Mississippi. The Company is required to submit detailed financial, operating and other reports to the Mississippi Commission. Substantially all loans, leases, sales of securities and similar financing transactions entered into by CCMI must be reported to or approved by the Mississippi Commission. CCMI also is required to periodically submit detailed financial and operating reports to the Mississippi Commission and the Mississippi State Tax Commission and to furnish any other information required thereby. Each of the directors, officers and key employees of the Company who are actively and directly engaged in the administration or supervision of gaming in Mississippi, or who have any other significant direct or indirect involvement with the gaming activities of the Company in Mississippi, must be found suitable therefor, and may be required to be licensed, by the Mississippi Commission. The finding of suitability is comparable to licensing, and both require submission of detailed personal financial information followed by a thorough investigation. In addition, any individual who is found to have a material relationship to, or material involvement with, the Company may be required to be investigated in order to be found suitable or to be licensed as a business associate of the Company. Key employees, controlling persons or others who exercise significant influence upon the management or affairs of the Company may also be deemed to have such a relationship or involvement. There can be no assurance that a person who is subject to a finding of suitability will be found suitable by the Mississippi Commission. An application for licensing may be denied for any cause deemed reasonable by the Mississippi Commission. Changes in licensed positions must be reported to the Mississippi Commission. In addition to its authority to deny an application for a license, the Mississippi Commission has jurisdiction to disapprove a change in corporate position. If the Mississippi Commission were to find a director, officer or key employee unsuitable for licensing or unsuitable to continue having a relationship with the Company, the Company would have to suspend, dismiss and sever all relationships with such person in order to continue to have any involvement in gaming in Mississippi. The Company would have similar obligations with regard to any person who should refuse to file appropriate applications. Each gaming employee at a Mississippi gaming facility must obtain from the Mississippi Commission a work permit which may be revoked upon the occurrence of certain specified events. Mississippi statutes and regulations give the Mississippi Commission the discretion to require a suitability finding with respect to anyone who acquires any security of the Company, regardless of the percentage of ownership. The current policy of the Mississippi Commission is to require anyone acquiring five percent or more of any voting securities of a public or private company to be found suitable. If the owner of voting securities who is required to be found suitable is a corporation, partnership or trust, it must submit detailed business and financial information including a list of beneficial owners. The applicant is required to pay all costs of investigation which the Company may reimburse. The Mississippi Commission has selected those persons it feels were required to be investigated and found suitable and has made the findings of suitability. However, other persons, for the reasons set forth above, may be required to be found suitable. Any owner of voting securities found unsuitable and who holds, directly or indirectly, any beneficial ownership of equity interests in the Company beyond such period of time as may be prescribed by the Mississippi Commission may be guilty of a misdemeanor. Any person who fails or refuses to apply for a finding of suitability or a license within 30 days after being ordered to do so by the Mississippi Commission may be found unsuitable. The Company will be subject to disciplinary action if, after it receives notice that a person is unsuitable to be an owner of or to have any other relationship with it, the Company: (i) pays the unsuitable person any dividends or interest upon any securities of the gaming subsidiary or any payments or distribution of any kind whatsoever; (ii) recognizes the exercise, directly or indirectly, of any voting rights in its securities by the unsuitable person; or (iii) pays the unsuitable person any remuneration in any form for services rendered or otherwise, except in certain limited and specific circumstances. In addition, if the Mississippi Commission finds any owner of voting securities unsuitable, such owner must immediately surrender all securities to the Company, and the Company must refund any money or other thing of value that may have been invested in the Company or made use of by the Company. The Company is required to maintain current equity ownership ledgers in the State of Mississippi which may be examined by the Mississippi Commission at any time. The Company obtained a waiver of this ledger requirement from the Mississippi Commission at its licensing hearing, however, the waiver may be revoked, modified or suspended at any time by the Mississippi Commission in its discretion. If any securities are held in trust by an agent or by a nominee, the record holder may be required to disclose the identity of the beneficial owner to the Mississippi Commission. A failure to make such disclosure may be grounds for finding the record holder unsuitable. The Company also is required to render maximum assistance in determining the identity of such a beneficial owner. The Mississippi Act requires that certificates representing equity securities of the Company bear a legend to the general effect that the securities are subject to the Mississippi Act and regulations of the Mississippi Commission. The Company obtained a waiver of this legend requirement from the Mississippi Commission at its licensing hearing, however, this waiver may be revoked, modified or suspended by the Mississippi Commission in its discretion at any time. The Mississippi Commission, through the power to regulate licenses, has the power to impose additional restrictions on the Company and on the holders of the Company's securities at any time. The Company may not make a public offering of its securities without the prior approval of the Mississippi Commission if the securities or proceeds therefrom are intended to be used to construct, acquire or finance gaming facilities in Mississippi, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for such purposes. On January 31, 1995, the Mississippi Commission granted the Company prior approval to make public offerings for a period of one year, subject to certain conditions (the "Shelf Approval"). The Shelf Approval also applies to any affiliated company wholly owned by the Company (an "Affiliate") which is a publicly traded corporation or would thereby become a publicly traded corporation pursuant to a public offering. The Shelf Approval also included approval for CCMI to guarantee any security issued by, or to hypothecate their assets to secure the payment or performance of any obligations issued by the Company or an affiliate in a public offering under the Shelf Registration. However, the Shelf Approval may be rescinded for good cause without prior notice upon the issuance of an interlocutory stop order by the Executive Director of the Mississippi Commission and must be renewed annually. The Shelf Approval does not constitute a finding, recommendation or approval by the Mississippi Commission as to the accuracy or adequacy of the prospectus or the investment merits of the securities offered. Any representation to the contrary is unlawful. The regulations provide that a change in control of the Company may not occur without the prior approval of the Mississippi Commission. Mississippi law prohibits the Company from making a public offering of its securities without the approval of the Mississippi Commission if any part of the proceeds of the offering is to be used to finance the construction, acquisition or operation of gaming facilities in Mississippi, or to retire or extend obligations incurred for one or more of such purposes. As long as the Company is licensed to conduct gaming in Mississippi, the Company may not engage in gaming activities in Mississippi while also conducting gaming operations outside of Mississippi without approval of the Mississippi Commission. The Company has been approved in the following jurisdictions; Nevada, Indiana, Louisiana, Illinois and Ontario, Canada. The Company received its Mississippi gaming license on August 18, 1994. The gaming license is not transferable and must be renewed every two years. The Mississippi Commission in 1994 enacted an infrastructure development regulation which requires that a Mississippi casino invest 25% of its casino costs in infrastructure facilities. Infrastructure facilities are defined in the regulation to include a hotel with at least 250 rooms, theme park, golf course and other similar facilities. The regulation provides that the infrastructure requirement is not satisfied by construction of parking, roads, drainage or other items which a municipality or county would normally construct. The Mississippi Commission in recent relicensure hearings has applied the infrastructure regulation to existing licensed casinos seeking relicensure. The Company anticipates that infrastructure development will be an issue considered by the Mississippi Commission in the Company's relicensure hearing in 1996. There can be no assurance that any renewal application will be approved. Each issuing agency may at any time dissolve, suspend, condition, limit or restrict a license or approval to own equity interests in the Company for any cause deemed reasonable by such agency. Substantial fines for each violation of gaming laws or regulations may be levied against the Company in Mississippi. A violation under any gaming license held by the Company may be deemed a violation of its Mississippi license. Suspension or revocation of any of the Company's gaming licenses or of the approval of the Company would have a material adverse effect upon any business conducted by the Company in Mississippi. License fees and taxes, computed in various ways depending on the type of gaming involved, are payable to the State of Mississippi and to the county and cities in which the Company conducts operations in Mississippi. Depending upon the particular fee or tax involved, these fees and taxes are payable either weekly or annually and are based upon: (i) the gross gaming revenues received by the casino operation; (ii) the number of slot machines operated by the casino; and (iii) the number of table games operated by the casino. The legal age for gaming in Mississippi is 21. Windsor, Ontario, Canada The Company holds one-third of the outstanding shares of WCL, a corporation incorporated under the laws of the Province of Ontario, Canada. WCL has two other shareholders, each holding one-third of the outstanding shares of WCL. Pursuant to a contract with the Ontario Casino Corporation (the "OCC"), a governmental authority of the province of Ontario established under the Ontario Casino Corporation Act, WCL intends to develop and operate a hotel-casino in Windsor, Ontario on behalf of the OCC and, pending the development and opening of such property, has been operating an interim land-based casino that opened in May 1994 and a dockside casino that opened in December 1995. The operation of casino gaming facilities by WCL in Windsor, Ontario, is subject to extensive regulation. The gaming operations of WCL in Ontario are subject to the registration and regulatory control of the Ontario Gaming Control Commission (the "Ontario Commission"), the Registrar of Gaming Control (the "Ontario Registrar") and the Director of Gaming Control (the "Ontario Director") established or appointed under the Ontario Gaming Control Act (the "Ontario Act"). So long as WCL operates a casino in Windsor, it must be registered as a casino operator under the Ontario Act. An application for registration or renewal of registration will be denied if there are reasonable grounds to believe that the applicant will not be financially responsible in the conduct of its business or if there are reasonable grounds to believe that it will not act in accordance with the law or with integrity, honesty, or in the public interest or the applicant is carrying on activities in contravention of the Ontario Act or its registration. In determining whether registration should be granted or renewed, the Ontario Registrar may have regard to the financial history and past conduct of the applicant, its officers and directors and "interested persons" who have a beneficial interest in, control of, or who have financed the applicant's business or any of its officers' or directors' businesses. The Ontario Registrar is empowered to investigate the character, financial history and competence of WCL or any person who has a beneficial interest in, control of, or who has financed WCL's business, including WCL's shareholders. The Ontario Registrar may also investigate officers or directors of WCL. The applicant for registration or renewal must pay the reasonable costs of such investigations. Each gaming employee at an Ontario gaming facility must be registered as a gaming assistant which registration may be revoked upon the occurrence of certain events. The Ontario Registrar may, subject to a registrant's right to a hearing under the Ontario Act, suspend or revoke a registration for any reason that would disentitle such registrant to registration or renewal. A change in control of WCL could result in revocation of registration if the new person or entity in control is determined to be unsuitable by the Ontario Registrar. Any change in the officers and directors of WCL requires the approval of the Ontario Registrar. All suppliers of goods and services to WCL must be registered as a supplier under the Ontario Act and regulations or have been issued a certificate of exemption from the Ontario Registrar. All games of chance must be played in accordance with the rules of play prescribed by the regulations and approved in writing by the Ontario Commission. Investigators appointed by the Ontario Commission are empowered, subject to certain limitations, to conduct warrantless searches for the purpose of determining compliance with the Ontario Act, the regulations or the terms of a registration. The Ontario Director may issue an order freezing the assets of a person if it is alleged that a person has contravened the Ontario Act or the regulations thereunder, is subject to criminal proceeding, or is the subject of an investigation under the Ontario Act and the Ontario Director finds reasonable grounds to believe that the interests of the person on whose behalf the assets are held require protection. Substantial fines for each violation of the gaming laws or regulations may be levied against WCL. Suspension or revocation of registration could lead to a termination of any contract with OCC and could have a material adverse effect upon any business conducted by WCL in Ontario. The legal age for gaming in Ontario is 19. WCL is required to submit audited financial statements to the Ontario Commission and to keep records prescribed by regulation. WCL must also make available to the OCC all reports, accounts, records and other documents related to the operation of the casino. The government can make further regulations under the Ontario Act. Any additions to or changes in the Ontario Act or the regulations thereunder could have a material adverse effect on WCL's gaming operations, and thus the Company's interest therein. The sale of alcoholic beverages by WCL at its Ontario establishment is subject to the supervision, control and regulation of the Liquor License Board of Ontario, an Ontario provincial government agency. The failure to obtain or the revocation of a license to sell alcoholic beverages for the casino gaming facilities operated by WCL in Windsor could have a material adverse effect on the operation of such facilities. Illinois The Company is subject to the jurisdiction of the Illinois gaming authorities as a result of its acquisition of The Grand Victoria riverboat casino and gaming complex based in Elgin, Illinois. In 1990, the Riverboat Gambling Act (the "Illinois Act") was enacted by the State of Illinois. The Illinois Act authorizes the five-member Illinois Gaming Board (the "Illinois Board") to issue up to ten owners licenses on navigable streams within or forming a boundary of the State of Illinois except for Lake Michigan and any waterway in Cook County, which includes Chicago. The Illinois Act strictly regulates the facilities, persons, associations and practices related to gaming operations pursuant to the police powers of the State of Illinois, including comprehensive law enforcement supervision. The Illinois Act grants the Illinois Board specific powers and duties, and all other powers necessary and proper to fully and effectively execute the Illinois Act for the purpose of administering, regulating and enforcing the system of riverboat gaming. The Illinois Board's jurisdiction extends to every person, association, corporation, partnership and trust involved in riverboat gaming operations in the State of Illinois. The Illinois Act requires the owner of a riverboat gaming operation to hold an owner's license issued by the Illinois Board. Each owner's license permits the holder to own up to two riverboats, however, gaming participants are limited to 1,200 for any owner's license. A licensed owner may hold up to 10% of a second riverboat gaming operation in Illinois. The Illinois Act restricts the granting of certain of the ten owners' licenses by location. Four are for operators docking at sites on the Mississippi River, one is for an operator docking at a site on the Illinois River south of Marshall County and one is for an operator docking at a site on the Des Plaines River in Will County. The remaining four owner's licenses are not restricted as to location. In addition to the ten owner's licenses which may be authorized under the Illinois Act, the Illinois Board may issue special event licenses allowing persons who are not otherwise licensed to conduct riverboat gaming to conduct such gaming on a specified date or series of dates. Riverboat gaming under such a license may take place on a riverboat not normally used for riverboat gaming. The gaming license issued to The Grand Victoria riverboat casino in October 1994, will be valid for an initial period of three years and must be renewed annually thereafter. An owner's license is eligible for renewal upon payment of the applicable fee and a determination by the Illinois Board that the licensee continues to meet all of the requirements of the Illinois Act and Illinois Board rules. An ownership interest in an owner's license, or in a business entity other than a publicly held business entity which holds an owner's license, may not be (i) transferred or (ii) pledged as collateral without the approval of the Illinois Board. The Illinois Board also requires that employees of a gaming operator and vendors of gaming supplies and equipment be licensed. The Illinois Act does not limit the maximum bet or per patron loss. Licensees, however, may set any maximum or minimum limits on wagering under the Illinois Act. No person under the age of 21 is permitted to wager. An admission tax is imposed on the owner of a riverboat operation at a rate of $2 per person admitted. Additionally, a wagering tax is imposed on the adjusted gross receipts, as defined in the Illinois Act, of a riverboat operation at the rate of 20%. The licensee is required to wire the wagering tax payment to the Illinois Board daily. Under the Illinois Act, there is a four-hour maximum period during which gaming may be conducted during a gaming excursion. Gaming is deemed to commence when the first passenger boards a riverboat for an excursion and may continue while other passengers are boarding for a period not to exceed 30 minutes. A gaming excursion is deemed to have started upon the commencement of gaming. Gaming may continue for a period not to exceed 30 minutes after the gangplank or its equivalent is lowered. During this 30-minute period of egress, new passengers may not board a riverboat. Special event extended cruises may be authorized by the Illinois Board. If a riverboat captain reasonably determines that either it is unsafe to transport passengers on the waterway due to inclement weather or the riverboat has been rendered temporarily inoperable by mechanical or structural difficulties or river icing, the riverboat shall either not leave the dock or immediately return to it. If a riverboat captain reasonably determines for reasons of safety that although seaworthy, the riverboat should not leave the dock or should return immediately thereto, due to either of the above conditions, a gaming excursion may commence or continue while the gangplank or its equivalent is raised and remains raised, in which event the riverboat is not considered docked. If, due to either of the above conditions, a gaming excursion must commence or continue with the gangplank or its equivalent raised, and the riverboat does not leave the dock, ingress is prohibited until the completion of the excursion. After consultation with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, the Illinois Board may establish binding emergency orders upon the concurrence of a majority regarding the navigability of rivers in the event of extreme weather conditions, acts of God or their extreme circumstances. The Illinois Board is authorized to conduct investigations into the conduct of gaming as it may deem necessary and proper and into alleged violations of the Illinois Act and the Illinois Board rules. Employees and agents of the Illinois Gaming Board have access to and may inspect any facilities relating to the riverboat gaming operations at all times. A holder of any license is subject to imposition of fines, suspension or revocation of such license, or other action for any act or failure to act by himself or his agents or employees, that is injurious to the public health, safety, morals, good order and general welfare of the people of the State of Illinois, or that would discredit or tend to discredit the Illinois gaming industry or the State of Illinois. Any riverboat operations not conducted in compliance with the Illinois Act may constitute an illegal gaming place and consequently may be subject to criminal penalties, which penalties include possible seizure, confiscation and destruction of illegal gaming devices and seizure and sale of riverboats and dock facilities to pay any unsatisfied judgment that may be recovered and any unsatisfied fine that may be levied. The Illinois Act also provides for civil penalties, equal to the amount of gross receipts derived from wagering on the gaming, whether unauthorized or authorized, conducted on the day of any violation. The Illinois Board may revoke or suspend licenses, as the Illinois Board may see fit and in compliance with applicable laws of the State of Illinois regarding administrative procedures and may suspend an owner's license, without notice or hearing, upon a determination that the safety or health of patrons or employees is jeopardized by continuing a riverboat's operation. The suspension may remain in effect until the Illinois Board determines that the cause for suspension has been abated and it may revoke the owner's license upon a determination that the owner has not made satisfactory progress toward abating the hazard. The Illinois Board requires that a "Key Person" of an owner licensee submit a Personal Disclosure Form and be investigated and approved by the Illinois Board. Any person directly or indirectly holding a legal or beneficial interest of 5% or more of an applicant is deemed to be a "Key Person," as are officers, directors, trustees, partners, proprietors and managing agents of a gaming enterprise. Furthermore, each applicant for an owner's license or owner license must disclose the identity of every person, association, trust or corporation having a greater than 1% direct or indirect pecuniary interest in an owner licensee or in the riverboat gaming operation with respect to which the license is sought. The Illinois Board may also require an applicant to disclose any other principal or investor and require the investigation and approval of such individuals. The Illinois Board (unless the investor qualifies as an institutional investor) requires a Personal Disclosure Form from any person or entity who or which, individually or in association with others, acquires directly or indirectly, beneficial ownership of more than 5% of any class of voting securities or nonvoting securities convertible into voting securities of a publicly traded corporation which holds an ownership interest in the holder of an owner's license. If the Illinois Board denies an application for such a transfer and if no hearing is requested, the applicant for the transfer of ownership must promptly divest those shares in the publicly traded parent corporation. The holder of an owner's license would not be able to distribute profits to a publicly traded parent corporation until such shares have been divested. If a hearing is requested, the shares need not be divested and profits may be distributed to a publicly-held parent corporation pending the issuance of a final order from the Illinois Gaming Board. The Illinois Board may waive any licensing requirement or procedure provided by rule if it determines that such waiver is in the best interests of the public and the gaming industry. Also, the Illinois Board may, from time to time, amend or change Board rules. Uncertainty exists regarding the Illinois gambling regulatory environment due to limited experience in interpreting the Illinois Act. From time to time, various proposals have been introduced in the Illinois legislature that, if enacted, would affect the taxation, regulation, operation or other aspects of the gaming industry or the Company. Some of this legislation, if enacted, could adversely affect the gaming industry or the Company. No assurance can be given whether such or similar legislation will be enacted. Applicants for and holders of an owner's license are required to obtain formal approval from the Illinois Board for changes in the following areas: (i) Key Persons; (ii) type of entity; (iii) equity and debt capitalization of the entity; (iv) investors and/or debt holders; (v) source of funds; (vi) applicant's economic development plan; (vii) riverboat capacity or significant design change; (viii) gaming positions, (ix) anticipated economic impact; or (x) pro forma budgets and financial statements. A holder of an owner's license is allowed to make distributions to its stockholders only to the extent that such distribution would not impair the financial viability of the gaming operation. Factors to be considered by the licensee will include but not be limited to the following: (i) working capital requirements; (ii) debt service requirements; (iii) requirements for repairs and maintenance; and (iv) capital expenditure requirements. Other Jurisdictions As a result of the Company's efforts to expand its operations into new jurisdictions, the Company is likely to become subject to comprehensive gaming and other regulations in each such jurisdiction into which its operations are expanded. Such regulations may be similar to, and could be more restrictive than, those currently applicable to the Company, its officers, directors or employees or persons associated with the Company. Employees and Labor Relations At January 31, 1996, the Company employed approximately 20,200 persons. Approximately 39% of the Company's employees at January 31, 1996 were employed pursuant to the terms of collective bargaining agreements. Management considers its labor relations to be satisfactory. A work stoppage has not been experienced at a Company-owned property since an industry-wide strike in 1975. In Windsor, Ontario, the interim casino being operated by a joint venture in which the Company owns a 33-1/3% interest was closed by a three-week strike in March 1995. Certain states in which gaming recently has been legalized have established community commitment and similar laws which require that a specified percentage of employees of gaming ventures be residents of the state in which the gaming venture is located. These laws could affect the ability of the Company to attract and retain qualified employees for gaming operations conducted by the Company or joint ventures in which it participates outside Nevada. Forward Looking Information The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a "safe harbor" for forward-looking statements. Certain information included in this Annual Report and other materials filed or to be filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (as well as information included on oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by the Company) contains statements that are forward-looking, such as statements relating to plans for future expansion and other business development activities as well as other capital spending, financing sources and the effects of regulation (including gaming and tax regulation) and competition. Such forward-looking information involves important risks and uncertainties that could significantly affect anticipated results in the future and, accordingly, such results may differ from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of the Company. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those relating to development and construction activities, dependence on existing management, leverage and debt service (including sensitivity to fluctuation in interest rates), domestic or global economic conditions, changes in federal or state tax laws or the administration of such laws, changes in gaming laws or regulations (including the legalization of gaming in certain jurisdictions) and applications for licenses and approvals under applicable laws and regulations (including gaming laws and regulations). ITEM 2. PROPERTIES. Circus Circus-Las Vegas. The Company owns approximately 69 acres of land with 375 feet of frontage on the Las Vegas Strip (the "Circus Circus-Las Vegas Site") and the related improvements. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Circus Circus- Las Vegas Site nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning Circus Circus-Las Vegas, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos -- Las Vegas, Nevada -- Circus Circus-Las Vegas" in Item 1 of this Report. Luxor and Excalibur. The Company owns a 117-acre parcel on the southwest corner of the intersection of the Las Vegas Strip and Tropicana Avenue, with approximately 2,400 feet of frontage on the Las Vegas Strip (the "Excalibur-Luxor Site") and the related improvements. Excalibur is situated on the northern portion of the Excalibur-Luxor Site at the intersection of the Las Vegas Strip and Tropicana Avenue and Luxor is situated on such site to the south of Excalibur. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Excalibur-Luxor Site nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning Luxor and Excalibur, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos -- Las Vegas, Nevada -- Luxor" and "-- Excalibur" in Item 1 of this Report. Hacienda. The Company owns approximately 47 acres adjacent to Luxor, which is the site of the Hacienda (the "Hacienda Site"), and the related improvements. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Hacienda Site, which has approximately 1,000 feet of frontage on the Las Vegas Strip, nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning the Hacienda, see Description of the Company s Operating Hotels and Casinos -- Las Vegas, Nevada -- Hacienda in Item 1 of this Report. Circus Circus-Reno. Circus Circus-Reno is situated on a two-block area in downtown Reno (the "Circus Circus-Reno Site"), of which approximately 80% is owned by the Company and the remainder is held under three separate leases, two of which expire in 2032 and 2033, respectively. The Company owns the remainder interest in the parcel subject to the third lease pursuant to which the Company is obligated to pay rent for the lifetime of the landlord. As of January 31, 1996, neither the portion of the Circus Circus-Reno Site owned by the Company nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning Circus Circus-Reno, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos -- Reno, Nevada -- Circus Circus-Reno" in Item 1 of this Report. Colorado Belle. The Company owns approximately 22 acres on the bank of the Colorado River in Laughlin, Nevada, which is the site of the Colorado Belle (the "Colorado Belle Site"), and the related improvements. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Colorado Belle Site nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning the Colorado Belle Hotel and Casino, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos -- Laughlin, Nevada -- Colorado Belle" in Item 1 of this Report. Edgewater Hotel and Casino. Adjacent to the Colorado Belle Site, the Company owns approximately 16 acres on the bank of the Colorado River in Laughlin, Nevada, which is the site of the Edgewater (the "Edgewater Site"), and the related improvements. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Edgewater Site nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning the Edgewater Hotel and Casino, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos -- Laughlin, Nevada -- Edgewater" in Item 1 of this Report. Gold Strike. The Company owns approximately 51 acres, which is the site of Gold Strike (the "Gold Strike Site"), and related improvements, on the east side of I-15 in Jean, Nevada, approximately 12 miles from the California/Nevada border and 25 miles from Las Vegas. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Gold Strike Site nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning Gold Strike, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos - Jean, Nevada -- Gold Strike" in Item 1 of this Report. Nevada Landing. The Company owns approximately 55 acres, which is the site of Nevada Landing (the "Nevada Landing Site"), and related improvements, on the west side of I-15 in Jean, Nevada. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Nevada Landing Site nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning Nevada Landing, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos - Jean, Nevada -- Nevada Landing" in Item 1 of this Report. Railroad Pass. The Company owns approximately 56 acres, which is the site of the Railroad Pass (the "Railroad Pass Site"), and related improvements, on US-93 in Henderson, Nevada. As of January 31, 1996, neither the Railroad Pass Site nor any of the improvements situated thereon was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning Railroad Pass, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casino - Henderson, Nevada -- Railroad Pass" in Item 1 of this Report. Circus Circus-Tunica. The Company owns approximately 24 acres in Tunica County, Mississippi, which is the site of Circus Circus-Tunica (the "Circus Circus-Tunica Site"), and the related improvements. The Company also owns an undivided 50% interest in an additional 388-acre site adjacent to the Tunica Site which is owned jointly with another unaffiliated gaming company (the "Tunica Jointly Owned Site"). As of January 31, 1996, neither the Circus Circus-Tunica Site nor the Company's interest in the Tunica Jointly Owned Site was subject to any encumbrance securing the repayment of indebtedness. For additional information concerning Circus Circus-Tunica, see "Description of the Company's Operating Hotels and Casinos -- Tunica County, Mississippi -- Circus Circus-Tunica" in Item 1 of this Report. Other Real Property Slots-A-Fun is situated on a 30,000-square-foot parcel owned by the Company and has approximately 100 feet of frontage on the Las Vegas Strip. The land, building and other improvements were not subject to any encumbrance securing indebtedness at January 31, 1996. The Company operates the Silver City Casino in Las Vegas under a lease which expires in October 1999. The Company currently pays a base rent of $129,982 per month. The base rent is subject to annual increases, calculated by using a specified index with a cap based on a specified percentage of annual revenues. Under the terms of the lease, the landlord or the landlord's assignee is entitled to participate in the profits to the extent of 50% of defined income from the operation of the Silver City Casino. There was no profit participation rent due for the years ended January 31, 1994, 1995 or 1996. The Company owns approximately 73 acres of unimproved land located immediately south of the Hacienda Site. As of January 31, 1996, the 73-acre site, which was acquired in March 1995 for $73 million, was not subject to any encumbrance securing indebtedness. The Company owns approximately 15 acres of land across the Las Vegas Strip from Luxor. The land, which was not subject to any encumbrance securing indebtedness as of January 31, 1996, is utilized as a parking lot for employees at Luxor and Excalibur. The Company owns approximately five acres of land just to the north of the Circus Circus-Reno Site, which will be used for the construction of a parking garage and other expansion of the property. This land is not subject to any encumbrances. The Company owns 60 acres of land in Jean, Nevada to the north of the Gold Strike and approximately 89 acres of land in Sloan, Nevada off of I-15. Sloan is located between Jean and Las Vegas. Both of these parcels are held for future development and are not subject to any encumbrances. The Company also owns or leases, or has options and/or agreements to purchase or lease, certain other improved and unimproved properties which are not deemed to be material to the Company. Joint Venture Interests. The Company, either directly or through a wholly owned subsidiary: owns (i) a 50% interest in the Reno Joint Venture, which owns and operates Silver Legacy, a 1,700-room hotel-casino in Reno, Nevada; (ii) a 50% interest in the Elgin Joint Venture, which owns and operates The Grand Victoria, a riverboat casino and land-based entertainment complex in Elgin, Illinois; and (iii) a one-third interest in an entity that operates an interim land-based casino and a dockside casino in Windsor, Ontario, Canada. The Company, through a wholly owned subsidiary, also owns a 50% interest in the Las Vegas Joint Venture, which is developing and will own and operate Monte Carlo, a 3,000-room hotel-casino complex which is scheduled to open in June 1996. Reference is made to the information appearing under the caption Joint Venture Participations in Item 1 of this Report concerning the properties owned and operated, or being developed, by the aforementioned joint venture entities, which information is hereby incorporated in this Item 2 by this reference. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS. On April 26, 1994, a lawsuit requesting class certification, was filed in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Florida against 41 manufacturers, distributors and casino operators of video poker and electronic slot machines, including the Company and most of the other major hotel-casino companies. On May 10, 1994, a lawsuit requesting class certification alleging substantially identical claims was filed by another plaintiff in the same court against 48 defendants, including the Company. The two lawsuits have been consolidated into a single action and transferred to the United States District Court for the District of Nevada. On September 26, 1995, a lawsuit requesting class certification alleging substantially identical claims was filed by a third plaintiff in the United States District Court for the District of Nevada against 45 defendants, including the Company. The complaints allege that the defendants have engaged in a course of fraudulent and misleading conduct intended to induce persons to play video poker and electronic slot machines by collectively misrepresenting how the gaming machines operate, as well as the extent to which there is an opportunity to win. The case alleges violations of the Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act, as well as claims of common law fraud, unjust enrichment and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks unspecified compensatory and punitive damages. The Company and other defendants have moved to dismiss the complaints for failure to state a claim. No hearing has been set on this motion. Management believes that the claims are without merit and intends to defend the case vigorously. On July 26, 1994, 7547 Partners, a Florida partnership and alleged stockholder of the Company, filed a self-described class action complaint in the District Court, Clark County, Nevada (the "Court") purportedly on behalf of the Company's stockholders against the Company and each of its directors. On August 10, 1994, Harry Dines, also claiming to be a stockholder, filed a substantively identical complaint with the Court. The two actions were subsequently consolidated by the plaintiffs in a self-described consolidated amended class action and derivative complaint (the "amended complaint") which was filed in the Court on October 19, 1994. The amended complaint alleges substantively identical class action claims as those pleaded in the earlier complaints and also purports to bring a derivative action on behalf of the Company against the directors. The amended complaint alleges that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary and other common law duties and wasted corporate assets in connection with supposed "indications of interest for the Company" by, among other things, adopting the Rights Agreement (the "Rights Agreement") described in the Company's Form 8-K report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 14, 1994, and failing to initiate an auction for the sale of the Company. The amended complaint requests declaratory and injunctive relief enjoining the implementation of the Rights Agreement and ordering the directors "to create an active auction of the Company." The amended complaint also requests damages in unspecified amounts. On November 9, 1994, the Company and the directors filed two motions to dismiss the amended complaint and, as to the purported derivative claims, a request in the alternative for an order requiring the plaintiffs to furnish a bond as security for the expenses incurred by the Company. On January 23, 1995, the Court issued an order dismissing plaintiffs' claims that the directors breached their fiduciary duties by failing to auction or sell the Company. The Court denied the motion to dismiss the plaintiffs' claims challenging the adoption of the Rights Agreement, but ruled that the Company and the directors could file a motion for summary judgment on this issue, including a request for attorney's fees, at their convenience. The Court deferred ruling on the Company and the directors' request for a bond until it had ruled on their motion for summary judgment. On April 16, 1996, plaintiffs executed a stipulation of settlement with the Company and the directors. The stipulation, on file with the Court, provides for, among other things, dismissal with prejudice of the lawsuit and the release of certain claims. The Company has agreed to adopt corporate resolutions and measures relating to review of acquisition proposals and "related party" transactions, the standstill agreement executed by former principals of Gold Strike Resorts now on the Company's board, and the Rights Agreement. The Company has agreed to pay $285,000 in attorneys' fees (of which $250,000 is being paid by applicable insurance) as well as certain legal costs. On April 19, 1996, the Court entered an order providing for notice to class members and a schedule for the hearing on approval of the settlement. The Court has set a hearing on approval of the settlement for June 18, 1996. An amended complaint in a purported class action lawsuit was filed on August 23, 1995 in the United States District Court for the District of New Jersey, Camden Division, against 79 named defendants, including the Company and other casino operators. The complaint, filed on behalf of Thomas Hyland and other persons similarly situated, alleges that the defendants have engaged in a course of conduct involving conspiracy among casinos in the United States to refuse to deal to skilled blackjack players who are capable of winning money at the casinos blackjack tables in violation of various statutory provisions including the Sherman Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act and various state antitrust and consumer fraud laws. The complaint also asserts pendant causes of action under the tort and contract laws of states where it is alleged that refusal to deal to skilled players is illegal. The complaint seeks recovery of any compensatory damages determined to have been sustained as a result of the alleged violations as well as exemplary damages, including treble damages for alleged violations of the Sherman Act. Management believes that the claims against the Company are wholly without merit and does not expect that the lawsuit will have a material adverse effect on the Company s financial position or results of operations. The Company is a defendant in various pending litigation. In management's opinion, the ultimate outcome of such litigation will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company. ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS. No matter was submitted to a vote of the Company's security holders during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996. PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS. Price Range of Common Stock. The Company's Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and on the Pacific Stock Exchange and traded under the symbol CIR. The following table sets forth for the fiscal quarter periods shown the low and high sale prices for the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape. Fiscal 1996 Low High First Quarter......................$24.38 $33.50 Second Quarter.....................$29.25 $36.13 Third Quarter......................$24.75 $33.63 Fourth Quarter.....................$25.25 $31.88 Fiscal 1995 Low High First Quarter......................$26.13 $39.38 Second Quarter.....................$20.50 $31.75 Third Quarter......................$20.50 $26.63 Fourth Quarter.....................$19.75 $27.13 On April 16, 1996 there were 4,543 holders of record of the Common Stock of the Company. Dividend Policy. The Company does not currently pay a cash dividend, nor is one contemplated in the foreseeable future. The Company believes that currently its stockholders are best served by a policy of reinvestment in new high-return projects. The Company has a policy of periodic share repurchase, as cash flows, borrowing capacity and market conditions warrant. ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA. (amounts in thousands, Year ended January 31, except share data) 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 Operating Results(1): Revenues(2) $1,299,596 $1,170,182 $963,470 $850,941 $813,564 Operating profit before corporate expense(3) 328,422 280,792 234,311 220,435 213,097 Pretax income 205,759 214,490 182,608 183,313 157,004 Net income before nonrecurring items(3) 161,645 138,244 126,918 120,983 103,348 Net income 128,898 136,286 116,189 117,322 103,348 Earnings per share before nonrecurring items (3)(4) $1.66 $1.61 $1.46 $1.41 $1.23 Earnings per share(4) $1.33 $1.59 $1.34 $1.37 $1.23 Balance Sheet Data: Total assets $2,211,893 $1,512,548 $1,297,924 $950,458 $783,071 Long-term debt 715,214 632,652 567,345 308,092 337,680 Stockholders' equity 1,226,812 686,124 559,950 490,009 326,196 (1) Gold Strike, Nevada Landing and Railroad Pass were acquired on June 1, 1995 and the Hacienda was acquired on September 1, 1995. Circus Circus-Tunica opened in August 1994 and Luxor opened in October 1993. (2) Revenues are net of complimentary allowances. (3) These amounts are before extraordinary items and one-time charges in fiscal year 1996 for the write-off of certain assets of $45,148 and Silver Legacy preopening expenses of $5,232; in fiscal 1995 for Circus Circus-Tunica preopening expenses of $3,012; and in fiscal 1994 for Luxor and Grand Slam Canyon preopening expenses of $16,506. In fiscal 1993, the Company experienced an extraordinary loss of $3,661, net of income tax benefit of $1,885, on the early retirement of $100,000 principal amount of the Company's 10-1/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due April 1997. (4) Earnings per share are based on shares outstanding adjusted for a two- for-one stock split effective July 12, 1991 and a three-for-two stock split effective July 9, 1993. ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS. Incorporated herein by reference are pages 19 through 25 of the Company's Annual Report to Stockholders for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 (the "1996 Annual Report"), which pages are included as part of Exhibit 13 to this Report. ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA. Incorporated herein by reference are pages 26 through 42 of the 1996 Annual Report which pages are included as part of Exhibit 13 to this Report. SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED) Year Ended January 31, 1996 (In thousands, except per share amounts) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Total Revenue $295,033 $326,766 $354,206 $323,591 $1,299,596 Income from operations 71,046 24,365 88,399 67,563 251,373 Income before income tax 61,367 12,885 76,187 55,320 205,759 Net income 39,400 7,281 46,584 35,633 128,898 Earnings per share $ 0.46 $ 0.08 $ 0.45 $ 0.35 $ 1.33 Year Ended January 31, 1995 (In thousands, except per share amounts) 1st 2nd 3rd 4th Quarter Quarter Quarter Quarter Total Revenue $284,901 $299,895 $306,613 $278,773 $1,170,182 Income from operations 61,080 68,225 68,214 58,488 256,007 Income before income tax 50,455 57,535 57,714 48,786 214,490 Net income 32,291 36,548 36,596 30,851 136,286 Earnings per share $ 0.38 $ 0.43 $ 0.43 $ 0.36 $ 1.59 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE. Not applicable. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT. The information beginning immediately following the caption "Election of Directors" to, but not including, the caption "Management Remuneration" in the Company's Proxy Statement, to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the close of the Company's fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 and forwarded to stockholders prior to the Company's 1996 Annual Meeting of stockholders (the "1996 Proxy Statement"), is incorporated herein by reference. Based solely on (i) a review of certain reports furnished to the Company pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and (ii) the written representations of the Company's executive officers and directors, the Company believes that all reports required to be filed pursuant to such Act with respect to transactions in the Company's Common Stock during the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 were filed on a timely basis, except for one transaction by Carl F. Dodge which was reported on a Form 4 that was not timely filed. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION. The information in the 1996 Proxy Statement beginning immediately following the caption "Management Remuneration" to, but not including, the caption "Report of the Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation", is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT. The information in the 1996 Proxy Statement beginning immediately following the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" to, but not including, the caption "Election of Directors", is incorporated herein by reference. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS. The information in the 1996 Proxy Statement beginning immediately following the caption "Certain Transactions" to, but not including, the caption "Ratification of Selection of Independent Auditors" and the additional information in the 1996 Proxy Statement beginning immediately following the caption "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" to, but not including, the caption "Comparative Stock Price Performance Graph", is incorporated herein by reference. PART IV ITEM 14. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K. (a)(1) Consolidated Financial Statements: CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Page Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 1996 and 1995............. * Consolidated Statements of Income for the three years ended January 31, 1996.................................................................... * Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three years ended January 31, 1996................................................................ * Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the three years ended January 31, 1996........................................................ * Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................. * Report of Independent Public Accountants............................................................. * (a)(2) Supplemental Financial Statement Schedules: None. * Refers to page of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the year ended January 31, 1996, a copy of the incorporated portions of which are included as Exhibit 13 to this Report. (a)(3) Exhibits: The following exhibits are filed as a part of this Report or incorporated herein by reference: 3(i)(a). Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company as of July 15, 1988 and Certificate of Amendment thereto, dated June 29, 1989. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(a) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1991.) 3(i)(b). Certificate of Division of Shares into Smaller Denominations, dated June 20, 1991. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(b) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1992.) 3(i)(c). Certificate of Division of Shares into Smaller Denominations, dated June 22, 1993. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(i) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 21, 1993.) 3(ii). Restated Bylaws of the Company dated February 29, 1996. 4(a). Rights Agreement dated as of July 14, 1994, between the Company and First Chicago Trust Company of New York. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 15, 1994.) 4(b). $1.5 Billion Loan Agreement, dated as of January 29, 1996, by and among the Company, the Banks named therein and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as administrative agent for the Banks, and related Subsidiary Guaranty dated as of January 29, 1996, of the Company's subsidiaries named therein. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 1996.) 4(c). Amendment No. 1 to the $1.5 Billion Loan Agreement, by and among the Company, the Banks named therein and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as administrative agent for the Banks. 4(d). Rate Swap Master Agreement, dated as of October 24, 1986, and Rate Swap Supplements One through Four. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(j) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 29, 1986.) 4(e). Interest Rate Swap Agreement, dated as of October 20, 1989, by and between the Company and Salomon Brothers Holding Company Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(q) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1990.) 4(f). Interest Rate Swap Agreement, dated as of June 20, 1989, by and between the Company and First Interstate Bank of California. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(r) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1990.) 4(g). Interest Rate Swap Agreement, dated as of April 6, 1992, by and between the Company and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(y) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1992.) 4(h). Indenture by and between the Company and First Interstate Bank of Nevada, N.A., as Trustee with respect to the Company's 10-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1997. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-34439) on Form S-3.) 4(i). Indenture by and between the Company and First Interstate Bank of Nevada, N.A., as Trustee with respect to the Company's 6-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 and its 7-5/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2013. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 21, 1993.) 4(j). Indenture, dated February 1, 1996, by and between the Company and First Interstate Bank of Nevada, N.A., as Trustee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(b) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 1996.) 4(k). Supplemental Indenture, dated February 1, 1996, by and between the Company and First Interstate Bank of Nevada, N.A., as Trustee, with respect to the Company's 6.45% Senior Notes due February 1, 2006. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 1996.) 4(l). 6.45% Senior Notes due February 1, 2006 in the principal amount of $200,000,000. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(d) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 29, 1996.) 10(a).* 1983 Nonqualified Stock Option Plan of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 2-85794) on Form S-1.) 10(b).* 1983 Incentive Stock Option Plan of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(e) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 2-85794) on Form S-1.) 10(c).* Amendment to Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. 1983 Incentive Stock Option Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 2-91950) on Form S-8.) 10(d).* 1989 Stock Option Plan of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-39215) on Form S-8.) 10(e).* Stock Purchase Warrant Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-29014) on Form S-8.) 10(f).* Amended and Restated 1991 Stock Incentive Plan of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-56420) on Form S-8.) 10(g).* 1993 Stock Option Plan of the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 1993.) 10(h).* 1995 Special Stock Option Plan and Forms of Nonqualified Stock Option Certificate and Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(gg) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.) 10(i).* Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. Executive Compensation Insurance Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1992.) 10(j). Lease, dated November 1, 1957, by and between Bethel Palma and others, as lessor, and the Company's predecessor in interest, as lessee; Amendment of Lease, dated May 6, 1983. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 2-85794) on Form S-1.) 10(k). Grant, Bargain and Sale Deed to the Company pursuant to the Lease dated November 1, 1957. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1984.) 10(l). Lease, dated August 3, 1977, by and between B&D Properties, Inc., as lessor, and the Company, as lessee; Amendment of Lease, dated May 6, 1983. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 2-85794) on Form S-1.) 10(m). Tenth Amendment and Restatement of the Circus Circus Employees' Profit Sharing and Investment Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(e) to Post Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-18278) on Form S-8.) 10(n). Fifth Amendment and Restatement to Circus Circus Employees' Profit Sharing and Investment Trust. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h) to Post Effective Amendment No. 7 to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-18278) on Form S-8.) 10(o).* Retirement Plan for Outside Directors (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ii) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995). 10(p). Group Annuity Contract No. GA70867 between Philadelphia Life (formerly Bankers Life Company) and Trustees of Circus Circus Employees' Profit Sharing and Investment Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-1459) on Form S-8.) 10(q). Lease, dated as of November 1, 1981, between Novus Property Company, as landlord, and the Company, as tenant. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(h) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 2-85794) on Form S-1.) 10(r). First Addendum and First Amendment, each dated as of June 15, 1983, to Lease dated as of November 1, 1981. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(i) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 1984.) 10(s). Second Amendment, dated as of April 1, 1984, to Lease dated as of November l, 1981. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(o) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-4475) on Form S-1.) 10(t). Lease by and between Robert Lewis Uccelli, guardian, as lessor, and Nevada Greens, a limited partnership, William N. Pennington, as trustee, and William G. Bennett, as trustee, and related Assignment of Lease. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(p) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-4475) on Form S-1.) 10(u). Agreement of Purchase, dated March 15, 1985, by and between Denio Brothers Trucking Company, as seller, and the Company, as buyer, and related lease by and between Denio Brothers Trucking Co., as lessor, and Nevada Greens, a limited partnership, William N. Pennington, as trustee, and William G. Bennett, as trustee, and related Assignment of Lease. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(q) to the Company's Registration Statement (No. 33-4475) on Form S-1.) 10(v). Agreement of Joint Venture, dated as of March 1, 1994, by and among Eldorado Limited Liability Company, Galleon, Inc., and the Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(y) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1994.) 10(w). $230 million Credit Agreement, dated May 30, 1995, by and among Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture, the Banks named therein and First Interstate Bank of Nevada, N.A., as Arranger and Administrative Agent. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended April 30, 1995.) 10(x). Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, dated February 7, 1994, by and between Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture, and Perini Building Company. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(cc) to the Company's Annual Report of Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 1994.) 10(y). Interim Casino Operating Agreement, dated as of May 14, 1994, by and among Ontario Casino Corporation as agent of Her Majesty the Queen in Right of Ontario and Windsor Casino Limited and Caesars World, Inc., Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. and Hilton Hotels Corporation. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(l) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended April 30, 1994.) 10(z).* Agreement, dated December 16, 1994, between the Company and Terry L. Caudill. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(cc) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.) 10(aa). Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated January 10, 1995, by and between Hacienda Hotel, Inc. and William G. Bennett of the Hacienda Hotel and Casino, and the related Assignment and Consent to Assignment to the Company, dated March 5, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(dd) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10- K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.) 10(bb). Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated March 19, 1995, by and among the Company and M.S.E. Investments, Incorporated, Last Chance Investments, Incorporated, Gold Strike Investments, Incorporated, Diamond Gold, Inc., Gold Strike Aviation, Incorporated, Gold Strike Finance Company, Inc., Oasis Development Company, Inc., Michael S. Ensign, William A. Richardson, David R. Belding, Peter A. Simon II and Robert J. Verchota. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ee) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.) 10(cc). First Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated May 30, 1995, by and among the Company and M.S.E. Investments, Incorporated, Last Chance Investments, Incorporated, Goldstrike Investments, Incorporated, Diamond Gold, Inc., Gold Strike Aviation, Incorporated, Goldstrike Finance Company, Inc., Oasis Development Company, Inc., Michael S. Ensign, William A. Richardson, David R. Belding, Peter A. Simon II and Robert J. Verchota. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Schedule 13D of Michael S. Ensign relating to the Company's Common Stock, filed on June 12, 1995.) 10(dd). Exchange Agreement, dated March 19, 1995, by and among the Company and New Way, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, Glenn W. Schaeffer, Gregg H. Solomon, Antonio C. Alamo, Anthony Korfman and William Ensign. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(ff) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.) 10(ee). First Amendment to Exchange Agreement, dated May 30, 1995, by and among the Company and New Way, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of the Registrant, Glenn W. Schaeffer, Gregg H. Solomon, Antonio C. Alamo, Anthony Korfman and William Ensign. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 1995.) 10(ff). Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1995, by and among the Company and Michael S. Ensign, William A. Richardson, David R. Belding, Peter A. Simon II, Glenn W. Schaeffer, Gregg H. Solomon, Antonio C. Alamo, Anthony Korfman, William Ensign and Robert J. Verchota. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.5 of the Schedule 13D of Michael S. Ensign, relating to the Company's Common Stock, filed on June 12, 1995.) 10(gg). Standstill Agreement, dated as of June 1, 1995, by and among the Company and Michael S. Ensign, William A. Richardson, David R. Belding, Peter A. Simon II and Glenn W. Schaeffer. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 of the Schedule 13D of Michael S. Ensign, relating to the Company's Common Stock, filed on June 12, 1995.) 10(hh).* Executive Officer Annual Bonus Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(hh) to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1995.) 10(ii).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Clyde Turner. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 1995.) 10(jj).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Michael S. Ensign. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Schedule 13D of Michael S. Ensign, relating to the Company's Common Stock, filed on June 12, 1995.) 10(kk).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Glenn W. Schaeffer. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(k) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 1995.) 10(ll).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and William A. Richardson. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 of the Schedule 13D of William R. Richardson, relating to the Company's Common Stock, filed on June 12, 1995.) 10(mm).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Mike H. Sloan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(m) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 1995.) 10(nn).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Kurt D. Sullivan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(n) to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 1, 1995.) 10(oo).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Antonio C. Alamo. 10(pp).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Gregg H. Solomon. 10(qq).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Daniel N. Copp. 10(rr).* Agreement dated April 15, 1996, by and between the Company and Daniel N. Copp. 10(ss). Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of December 18, 1992, between Nevada Landing Partnership and RBG, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(g) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 1995.) 10(tt). Amendment dated July 15, 1993 to the Joint Venture Agreement between Nevada Landing Partnership and RBG, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(h) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 1995.) 10(uu). Amendment dated October 6, 1994 to the Joint Venture Agreement between Nevada Landing Partnership and RBG, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(i) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 1995.) 10(vv). Amendment dated June 1, 1995 to the Joint Venture Agreement between Nevada Landing Partnership and RBG, L.P. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(j) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 1995.) 10(ww). Amendment dated February 28, 1996 to the Joint Venture Agreement between Nevada Landing Partnership and RBG, L.P. 10(xx). Reducing Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of December 21, 1994, among Victoria Partners, each bank party thereto, The Long-Term Credit Bank of Japan, Ltd., Los Angeles Agency, and Societe Generale, as Co-agents, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Administrative Agent (without Schedules or Exhibits) (the "Victoria Partners Loan Agreement"). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to Amendment No. 1 on Form 8-K/A to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 9, 1994 of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated. Commission File No. 1-6697.) 10(yy). Amendment No. 1 to the Victoria Partners Loan Agreement, dated as of January 31, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(uu) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1994 of Mirage Resorts Incorporated. Commission File No. 1-6697.) 10(zz). Amendment No. 2 to the Victoria Partners Loan Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995 of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated. Commission File No. 1-6697.) 10(aaa). Amendment No. 3 to the Victoria Partners Loan Agreement, dated as of July 28, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 1995 of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated. Commission File No. 1-6697.) 10(bbb). Amendment No. 4 to the Victoria Partners Loan Agreement, dated as of October 16, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a) to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended October 31, 1995.) 10(ccc). Joint Venture Agreement, dated as of December 9, 1994, between MRGS Corp. and Gold Strike L.V. (without Exhibit) (the "Victoria Partners Venture Agreement"). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 9, 1994 of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated. Commission File No. 1-6697.) 10(ddd). Amendment No. 1 to the Victoria Partners Venture Agreement dated as of April 17, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(c) to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended March 31, 1995 of Mirage Resorts, Incorporated. Commission File No. 1- 6697.) 10(eee). Amendment No. 2 to the Victoria Partners Venture Agreement dated as of September 25, 1995. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 1995 of Mirage Resorts Incorporated. Commission File No. 1-6697.) 10(fff). Amendment No. 3 to the Victoria Partners Venture Agreement dated as of February 28, 1996. 10(ggg). Consulting Agreement, dated June 1, 1995, between Circus Circus Casinos, Inc. (a subsidiary of the Company) and Lakeview Company. 13. Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the Year Ended January 31, 1996 specifically incorporated by reference as part of this Report. 21. Subsidiaries of the Company. 23. Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP. (See page 64.) 27. Financial Data Schedule for the year ended January 31, 1996 as required under EDGAR. _____________ * This exhibit is a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Report. Certain instruments with respect to long-term debt have not been filed hereunder or incorporated by reference herein where the total amount of such debt thereunder does not exceed 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company. Copies of such instruments will be furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request. (b) During the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996, the Company filed no Current Report on Form 8-K. (c) The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K filed as part of this Report or incorporated herein by reference are listed in Item 14(a)(3) above, and the exhibits filed herewith are listed on the Index to Exhibits which accompanies this Report. (d) See Item 14(a)(2) of this Report. SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. Dated: April 29, 1996 By: Clyde T. Turner Clyde T. Turner, Chairman of the Board Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. Signature Title Date Clyde T. Turner Chairman of the Board April 29, 1996 Clyde T. Turner and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) Michael S. Ensign Vice Chairman and April 29, 1996 Michael S. Ensign Chief Operating Officer William A. Richardson Executive Vice President April 29, 1996 William A. Richardson Glenn W, Schaeffer President and Chief April 29, 1996 Glenn W. Schaeffer Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer) Kurt Sullivan Director April 29, 1996 Kurt Sullivan Les Martin Controller (Principal April 29, 1996 Les Martin Accounting Officer) Tony Coehlo Director April 29, 1996 Tony Coehlo Carl F. Dodge Director April 29, 1996 Carl F. Dodge SIGNATURES (cont.) Signature Title Date William N. Pennington Director April 29, 1996 William N. Pennington Arthur M. Smith, Jr. Director April 29, 1996 Arthur M. Smith, Jr. Fred W. Smith Director April 29, 1996 Fred W. Smith Exhibit 23 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our report dated February 28, 1996 included (or incorporated by reference) in Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc.'s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended January 31, 1996, into the Company's previously filed Form S-8 Registration Statements File Nos. 2-91950, 2-93578, 33-18278, 33-29014, 33- 39215, 33-56420 and 33-53303 and to the Company's previously filed Form S-3 Registration Statement File No. 33-65359. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Las Vegas, Nevada April 25, 1996 INDEX TO EXHIBITS FORM 10-K Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 1996 Exhibit Number 3(ii). Restated Bylaws of the Company dated February 29, 1996. 4(c). Amendment No. 1 to the $1.5 Billion Loan Agreement, by and among the Company, the Banks named therein and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as administrative agent for the Banks. 10(oo).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Antonio C. Alamo. 10(pp).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Gregg H. Solomon. 10(qq).* Employment Agreement dated June 1, 1995, by and between the Company and Daniel N. Copp. 10(rr).* Employment Agreement dated April 15, 1996, by and between the Company and Daniel N. Copp. 10(ww). Amendment dated February 28, 1996 to the Joint Venture Agreement between Nevada Landing Partnership and RBG, L.P. 10(fff). Amendment No. 3 to the Victoria Partners Venture Agreement dated February 28, 1996. 10(ggg). Consulting Agreement, dated June 1, 1995, between Circus Circus Casinos, Inc. (a subsidiary of the Company) and Lakeview Company. 13. Portions of the Annual Report to Stockholders for the Year Ended January 31, 1996 specifically incorporated by reference as part of this Report. 21. Subsidiaries of the Company. 23. Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP. 27. Financial Data Schedule for the year ended January 31, 1996 as required under EDGAR. EX-3 2 Exhibit 3(ii) RESTATED BY-LAWS OF CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. (A Nevada Corporation) ARTICLE I Offices SECTION 1.1. Principal Office. The principal office of the corporation in the State of Nevada is 2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Clark County, Nevada 89109. SECTION 1.2. Other Offices. The corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Nevada as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require. ARTICLE II Meeting of Stockholders SECTION 2.1. Place of Meeting. All meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Nevada, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. SECTION 2.2. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of stockholders shall be held at such date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting. SECTION 2.3. Voting List. The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held. The list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. SECTION 2.4. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation of the corporation, as amended (the "Articles of Incorporation"), may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or by the Board of Directors or by written order of a majority of the directors and shall be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary at the request in writing of stockholders owning a majority in amount of the entire capital stock of the corporation issued and outstanding and entitled vote. Such request shall state the purposes of the proposed meeting. The officers or directors shall fix the time and any place, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the place for holding such meeting. SECTION 2.5. Notice of Meeting. Written notice of the annual and each special meeting of stockholders, stating the time, place and purpose or purposes thereof, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days before the meeting. SECTION 2.6. Quorum. The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders for the transaction of business except when stockholders are required to vote by class, in which event a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the appropriate class shall be present in person or by proxy, and except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of Incorporation or these by-laws, the holders of a majority of the shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, whether or not a quorum is present, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present or represented. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. SECTION 2.7. Voting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of the stockholders, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power present in person or represented by proxy shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes, of the Articles of Incorporation or of these by-laws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question. Every stockholder having the right to vote shall be entitled to vote in person, or by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder, and filed with the Secretary of the corporation before, or at the time of, the meeting. Provided, however, no such proxy shall be valid after the expiration of six months from the date of its execution, unless coupled with an interest, or unless the person executing it specifies therein the length of time for which it is to continue in force, which in no case shall exceed seven years from the date of its execution. If such instrument shall designate two or more persons to act as proxies, unless such instrument shall provide the contrary, a majority of such persons present at any meeting at which their powers thereunder are to be exercised shall have and may exercise all the powers of voting or giving consents thereby conferred, or if only one be present, then such powers may be exercised by that one; or, if an even number attend and a majority do not agree on any particular issue, each proxy so attending shall be entitled to exercise such powers in respect of the same portion of the shares as he is of the proxies representing such shares. Unless required by statute or determined by the Chairman of the meeting to be advisable, the vote on any question need not be by written ballot. SECTION 2.8. Consent of Stockholders. Whenever the vote of stockholders at a meeting thereof is required or permitted to be taken for or in connection with any corporate action by any provision of the statutes, the meeting and vote of stockholders may be dispensed with if all the stockholders who would have been entitled to vote upon the action if such meeting were held shall consent in writing to such corporate action being taken; of if the Articles of Incorporation authorize the action to be taken with the written consent of the holders of less than all the stock who would have been entitled to vote upon the action if a meeting were held, then on the written consent of the stockholders having not less than such percentage of the number of votes as may be authorized in the Articles of Incorporation; provided that in no case shall the written consent be by the holders of stock having less than the minimum percentage of the vote required by statutes for the proposed corporate action, and provided that prompt notice must be given to all stockholders of the taking of corporate action without a meeting and less than unanimous written consent. SECTION 2.9. Voting of Stock of Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of another corporation, domestic or foreign, may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the by-laws of such corporation may prescribe, or in the absence of such provision, as the Board of Directors of such corporation may determine. Shares standing in the name of a deceased person may be voted by the executor or administrator of such deceased person, either in person or by proxy. Shares standing in the name of a guardian, conservator or trustee may be voted by such fiduciary, either in person or by proxy, but no such fiduciary shall be entitled to vote shares held in such fiduciary capacity without a transfer of such shares into the name of such fiduciary. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver. A stockholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares, unless in the transfer by the pledgor on the books of the corporation, he has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote thereon, in which case only the pledgee, or his proxy, may represent the stock and vote thereon. SECTION 2.10 Treasury Stock. The corporation shall not vote, directly or indirectly, shares of its own stock owned by it; and such shares shall not be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares. SECTION 2.11. Fixing Record Date. The Board of Directors may fix in advance a date, not exceeding 60 nor less than 10 days preceding the date of any meeting of stockholders, or the date for payment of any dividend or distribution, or the date for the allotment of rights, or the date when any change or conversion or exchange of capital stock shall go into effect, or a date in connection with obtaining a consent, as a record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to notice of, and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any such dividend or distribution, or to receive any such allotment of rights, or to exercise the rights in respect of any such change, conversion or exchange of capital stock, or to give such consent, and in such case such stockholders and only such stockholders as shall be stockholders of record on the date so fixed shall be entitled to such notice of and to vote at any such meeting and any adjournment thereof, or to receive payment of such dividend or distribution, or to receive such allotment of rights, or to exercise such rights, or to give such consent, as the case may be, notwithstanding any transfer of any stock on the books of the corporation after any such record date fixed as aforesaid. ARTICLE III Board of Directors SECTION 3.1. Powers. The business and affairs of the corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors, which may exercise all such powers of the corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Articles of Incorporation or by these by-laws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders. SECTION 3.2. Number, Election and Term. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders, except as provided in Section 3.3, and each director elected shall hold office until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. The total number of directors shall not be fewer than six (6) nor more than eleven (11). Directors need not be residents of Nevada or stockholders of the corporation. Commencing with the election of directors at the annual meeting of stockholders in 1991, the directors shall be classified with respect to the time for which they shall hold their offices by dividing them into three classes, to be known as Class I, Class II and Class III. At the annual meeting of the stockholders in 1991, directors of Class I shall be elected for terms of one (1) year, directors of Class II shall be elected for terms of two (2) years, and directors of Class III shall be elected for terms of three (3) years. At each annual meeting of stockholders after 1991, successors to the directors of the Class whose term of office expires in that year shall be elected to hold office until the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, so that the term of office of only one Class of directors shall expire in each year. Until changed by amending this section 3.2, the number of directors in Class I shall be three (3), the number of directors in Class II shall be three (3), and, effective February 29, 1996, the number of directors in Class III shall be four (4)." SECTION 3.3. Vacancies, Additional Directors and Removal From Office. If any vacancy occurs in the Board of Directors caused by death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office of any director, or otherwise, or if any new directorship is created by an increase in the authorized number of directors, a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or a sole remaining director, may choose a successor or fill the newly created directorship; and a director so chosen shall hold office until the next annual election and until his successor shall be duly elected and shall qualify, unless sooner displaced. Any director may be removed either for or without cause at any special meeting of stockholders duly called and held for such purpose. SECTION 3.4. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held each year, without other notice than this by-law, at the place of, and immediately following, the annual meeting of stockholders; and other regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held during each year, at such time and place as the Board of Directors may from time to time provide by resolution, either within or without the State of Nevada, without other notice than such resolution. SECTION 3.5. Special Meetings. A special meeting of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board or by the President and shall be called by the Secretary on the written request of any two directors. The Chairman of the Board or President so calling, or the directors so requesting, any such meeting shall fix the time and any place, either within or without the State of Nevada, as the place for holding such meeting. SECTION 3.6. Notice of Special Meetings. Written notice of special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director at least 48 hours prior to the time of such meeting. Any director may waive notice of any meeting. The attendance of a director at any meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting solely for the purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting, except that notice shall be given of any proposed amendment to the by-laws if it is to be adopted at any special meeting or with respect to any other matter where notice is required by statute. SECTION 3.7. Quorum. A majority of the Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, and the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the Articles of Incorporation or by these by-laws. If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the directors present thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present. SECTION 3.8. Action Without Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Articles of Incorporation or these by-laws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof as provided in Article IV of these by-laws, may be taken without a meeting, if a written consent thereto is signed by all members of the Board or of such committee, as the case may be, and such written consent is filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee. SECTION 3.9. Meeting By Telephone. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken by means of a meeting by conference telephone network or similar communications method so long as all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other. Any person participating in such meeting shall be deemed to be present in person at such meeting. SECTION 3.10. Compensation. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 3.10, directors, as such, shall not be entitled to any compensation for their services unless voted by the stockholders; but by resolution of the Board of Directors, there may be allowed (a) to "outside" directors, as that term is defined in Section 4.2 of these by-laws, a stated salary and/or a fixed sum for each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or any meeting of a committee of directors attended, and (b) to all directors, expenses of attendance, if any, for each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or any meeting of a committee of directors attended. No provision of these by-laws shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor. ARTICLE IV Committees of Directors SECTION 4.1. Executive Committee. The Executive Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Executive Committee") shall consist of not less than two directors to be designated by the Board of Directors annually at its first regular meeting held pursuant to Section 3.4 of these by-laws after the annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible. None of the members of the Executive Committee need be officers of the corporation. The Executive Committee shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors during the period between meetings of the Board of Directors except as reserved to the Board of Directors to another standing or special committee or as may be prohibited by law and, except further, that the Executive Committee shall not have the power to elect officers of the corporation. SECTION 4.2. Audit Committee. The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Audit Committee") shall consist solely of directors, one or more, each of whom shall be an "outside" director of the corporation, to be designated annually by the Board of Directors at its first regular meeting held pursuant to Section 3.4 of these by-laws after the annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible. The term "outside" director, as used in this Section 4.2, shall mean a director of the corporation who is independent of management, not an officer, employee, consultant, agent or affiliate (except as a director) of the corporation and who is free of any relationship that, in the opinion of the Board of Directors, would interfere with the designated director's exercise of independent judgement as a member of the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors during the period between meetings of the Board of Directors, except as may be prohibited by law, with respect to (i) the selection and recommendation for employment by the corporation, subject to approval by the Board of Directors and the stockholders, of a firm of certified public accountants whose duty it shall be to audit the books and accounts of the corporation and its subsidiaries for the fiscal year in which they are appointed and who shall report to the Audit Committee, provided, that in selecting and recommending for employment any firm of certified public accountants, the Audit Committee shall make a thorough investigation to insure the "independence" of such accountants as defined in the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission; (ii) instructing the certified public accountants to expand the scope and extent of the annual audits of the corporation into areas of any concern to the Audit Committee, which may be beyond that necessary for the certified public accountants to report on the financial statements of the corporation, and, at its discretion, directing other special investigations to insure the objectivity of the financial reporting of the corporation; (iii) reviewing the reports submitted by the certified public accountants, conferring with the auditors and reporting thereon to the Board of Directors with such recommendations as the Audit Committee may deem appropriate; (iv) meeting with the corporation's principal accounting and financial officers, the certified public accountants and auditors, and other officers or department managers of the corporation as the Audit Committee shall deem necessary in order to determine the adequacy of the corporation's accounting principles and financial and operating policies, controls and practices, its public financial reporting policies and practices, and the results of the corporation's annual audit; (v) conducting inquiries into any of the foregoing, the underlying and related facts, including such matters as the conduct of the personnel of the corporation, the integrity of the records of the corporation, the adequacy of the procedures and the legal and financial consequences of such facts; and (vi) retaining and deploying such professional assistance, including outside counsel and auditors and any others, as the Audit Committee shall deem necessary or appropriate, in connection with the exercise of its powers on such terms as the Audit Committee shall deem necessary or appropriate to protect the interests of the stockholders of the corporation. SECTION 4.3. Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more additional special or standing committees other than the Executive Committee and Audit Committee, each such additional committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the corporation. Each such committee shall have and may exercise such of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation as may be provided in such resolution, except as delegated by these by-laws or by the Board of Directors to another standing or special committee or as may be prohibited by law. SECTION 4.4. Committee Operations. A majority of a committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of any committee business. Such committee or committees shall have such name or names and such limitations of authority as provided in these by- laws or as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. The corporation shall pay all expenses of committee operations. The Board of Directors may designate one or more appropriate directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of such committee. In the absence or disqualification of any members of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another appropriate member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any absent or disqualified members. SECTION 4.5. Minutes. Each committee of directors shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required. The Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the corporation shall (i) serve as the Secretary of the Executive Committee, the Audit Committee and any other special or standing committee of the Board of Directors of the corporation, (ii) keep regular minutes of standing or special committee proceedings, (iii) make available to the Board of Directors, as required, copies of all resolutions adopted or minutes or reports of other actions recommended or taken by any such standing or special committee and (iv) otherwise as requested keep the members of the Board of Directors apprised of the actions taken by such standing or special committees. SECTION 4.6. Compensation. Members of special or standing committees who are "outside" directors, as that term is defined elsewhere in this Article, may be allowed compensation for serving as a member of any such committee and all members may be compensated for expenses of attending committee meetings, if the stockholders or Board of Directors shall so determine in accordance with Section 3.10. ARTICLE V Notice SECTION 5.1. Methods of Giving Notice. Whenever under the provisions of the statutes, the Articles of Incorporation or these by-laws, notice is required to be given to any director, member of any committee or stockholder, such notice shall be in writing an delivered personally or mailed to such director, member or stockholder; provided that in the case of a director or a member of any committee such notice may be given orally or by telephone or telegram. If mailed, notice to a director, member of a committee or stockholder shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the United States mail first class in a sealed envelope, with postage thereon prepaid, addressed, in the case of a stockholder, to the stockholder at the stockholder's address as it appears on the records of the corporation or, in the case of a director or a member of a committee to such person at his business address. If sent by telegraph, notice to a director or member of a committee shall be deemed to be given when the telegram, so addressed, is delivered to the telegraph company. SECTION 5.2. Written Waiver. Whenever any notice is required to be given under the provisions of these statutes, the Articles of Incorporation or these by-laws, a waiver thereof in writing, signed by the person or persons entitled to said notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent thereto. ARTICLE VI Officers "SECTION 6.1. Officers. The executive officers of the corporation shall be the Chairman of the Board, President, Secretary and Treasurer. The Board of Directors shall elect and, when applicable, appoint all the executive officers of the corporation. The Board of Directors and the Chairman of the Board may appoint such other officers and agents, including but not limited to one or more Vice Presidents (any one or more of which may be designated Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President), Assistance Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers, as they deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as prescribed by the Board of Directors or Chairman of the Board. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person. No officer shall execute, acknowledge, verify or countersign any instrument on behalf of the corporation in more than one capacity, if such instrument is required by law, by these by-laws or by any act of the corporation to be executed, acknowledged, verified or countersigned by two or more officers. The Chairman of the Board shall be elected from among the directors. With the foregoing exception, none of the other officers need be a director, and none of the officers need be a stockholder of the corporation. SECTION 6.2. Election and Term of Office. The executive officers of the corporation shall be elected annually by the Board of Directors at its first regular meeting held after the annual meeting of stockholders or as soon thereafter as conveniently possible. Each executive officer shall hold office until his successor shall have been chosen and shall have qualified or until his death or the effective date of his resignation or removal, or until he shall cease to be a director in the case of the Chairman of the Board. SECTION 6.3. Removal and Resignation. Any executive officer or other officer or agent appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors whenever, in its judgment, the best interests of the corporation shall be served thereby, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed. Any other officer or agent may be removed, either with or without cause, in the sole discretion of the Chairman of the Board. Any executive officer or other officer or agent may resign at any time by giving written notice to the corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date of the receipt of such notice or at any later time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. SECTION 6.4. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring in any executive office of the corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise, may be filled by the Board of Directors for the unexpired portion of the term. SECTION 6.5. Salaries. The salaries of all executive officers of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors; and no executive officer shall be prevented from receiving such salary by reason of his also being a director. Compensation of officers and agents not appointed by the Board of Directors shall be established by the Chairman of the Board and President, but subject to review by the Board of Directors." SECTION 6.6. Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and of the stockholders of the corporation. In the Chairman's absence, such duties shall be attended to by the President. The Chairman of the Board shall hold the position of chief executive officer of the corporation and shall perform such duties as usually pertain to the position of chief executive officer and such duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. The Chairman of the Board shall formulate and submit to the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee matters of general policy for the corporation and shall perform such other duties as usually appertain to the office or as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors. He shall have the power to appoint and remove subordinate officers, agents and employees, except those elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. He may sign with the President or any other officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors certificates for shares of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors, and any deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts, checks, notes, drafts or other instruments which the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee has authorization to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof has been expressly delegated or reserved by these by-laws or by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed. SECTION 6.7. President. The President, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee, and the Chairman of the Board, shall in general supervise and control the business and affairs of the corporation. He shall have the power to appoint and remove subordinate officers, agents and employees, except those elected or appointed by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board. The President shall keep the Board of Directors, the Executive Committee and the Chairman of the Board fully informed as they or any of them shall request and shall consult them concerning the business of the corporation. He may sign with the Chairman of the Board or any other officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of capital stock of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors, and any deeds, bonds, mortgages, contracts, checks, notes, drafts or other instruments which the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the signing and execution thereof has been expressly delegated by these by-laws or by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee to some other officer or agent of the corporation, or shall be required by law to be otherwise executed. In general, he shall perform all other duties normally incident to the office of the President, except any duties expressly delegated to other persons by these by-laws, the Board of Directors, or the Executive Committee, and such other duties as may be prescribed by the stockholders, Chairman of the Board, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, from time to time. SECTION 6.8. Vice Presidents. In the absence of the President, or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Executive Vice President (or in the event there shall be no Vice President or more than one Vice President designated Executive Vice President, any Vice President designated by the Board) shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President. Any Vice President authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors to do so, may sign with any other officer of the corporation thereunto authorized by the Board of Directors, certificates for shares of capital stock of the corporation, the issuance of which shall have been authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors. The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. SECTION 6.9. Secretary. The Secretary shall (a) keep the minutes of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and committees of directors; (b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with provisions of these by-laws and as required by law; (c) be custodian of the corporate records and of the seal of the corporation, and see that the seal of the corporation or a facsimile thereof is affixed to all certificates for shares prior to the issuance thereof and to all documents, the execution of which on behalf of the corporation under its seal is duly authorized in accordance with the provisions of these by-laws; (d) keep or cause to be kept a register of the post office address of each stockholder which shall be furnished by such stockholder; (e) have general charge of the stock transfer books of the corporation; and (f) in general, perform all duties normally incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. SECTION 6.10. Treasurer. The Treasurer shall (a) have charge and custody of and be responsible for all funds and securities of the corporation; receive and give receipts for moneys due and payable to the corporation from any source whatsoever and deposit all such moneys in the name of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as shall be selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.3 of these by-laws; (b) prepare, or cause to be prepared, for submission at each regular meeting of the Board of Directors, at each annual meeting of stockholders, and at such other times as may be required by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Executive Committee, a statement of financial condition of the corporation in such detail as may be required; and (c) in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. If required by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, the Treasurer shall give a bond for the faithful discharge of his duties as such sum and with such surety or sureties as the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee shall determine. SECTION 6.11. Assistant Secretary or Treasurer. The Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers shall, in general, perform such duties as shall be assigned to them by the Secretary or the Treasurer, respectively, or by the Chairman of the Board, the President, the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. The Assistant Secretaries or Assistant Treasurers shall, in the absence of the Secretary or Treasurer, respectively, perform all functions and duties which such absent officers may delegate, but such delegation shall not relieve the absent officer from the responsibilities and liabilities of his office. The Assistant Directors or the Executive Committee, give bonds for the faithful discharge of their duties in such sums and with such sureties as the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee shall determine. ARTICLE VII Contracts, Checks and Deposits SECTION 7.1. Contracts. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1., the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee may authorize any officer, officers, agent or agents, to enter into any contract or execute and deliver an instrument in the name of and on behalf of the corporation, and such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. SECTION 7.2. Checks, etc. All checks, demands, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the corporation, shall be signed by such officer or officers or such agent or agents of the corporation, and in such manner, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. SECTION 7.3. Deposits. All funds of the corporation not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Treasurer may be empowered by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee to select or as the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee may select. ARTICLE VIII Certificate of Stock SECTION 8.1. Issuance. Each stockholder of this corporation shall be entitled to a certificate or certificates showing the number of shares of stock registered in his name on the books of the corporation. The certificates shall be in such form as may be determined by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee, shall be issued in numerical order and shall be entered in the books of the corporation as they are issued. They shall exhibit the holder's name and the number of shares and shall be signed b;y the Chairman of the Board and the President or such other officers as may from time to time be authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be a facsimile. The seal of the corporation shall be impressed, by original or by facsimile, printed or engraved, on all such certificates. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon any such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer before such certificate is issued, such certificate may nevertheless be issued by the corporation with the same effect as if such officer had not ceased to be such officer at the date of its issue. If the corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the designation, preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class of stock; provided that except as otherwise provided by statute, in lieu of the foregoing requirements there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the corporation will furnish to each stockholder who so requests the designations, preferences and relative, participating, option or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and rights. All certificates surrendered to the corporation for transfer shall be canceled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares shall have been surrendered and canceled, except that in the case of a lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated certificate a new one may be issued therefor upon such terms and with such indemnity, if any, to the corporation as the Board of Directors may prescribe. In addition to the above, all certificates evidencing shares of the corporation's stock or other securities issued by the corporation shall contain such legend or legends as may from time to time be required by the Nevada Revised Statutes and/or the Nevada Gaming Commission Regulations then in effect. SECTION 8.2. Lost Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct that a new certificate or certificates be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate or certificates alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, or both. SECTION 8.3. Transfers. Upon surrender to the corporation or the transfer agent of the corporation of a certificate for shares duly endorsed or accompanied by proper evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, it shall be the duty of the corporation to issue a new certificate to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Transfers of shares shall be made only on the books of the corporation by the registered holder thereof, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney and filed with the Secretary of the corporation or the transfer agent. SECTION 8.4. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to treat the holder of record of any share of shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by laws of the State of Nevada. ARTICLE IX Dividends SECTION 9.1. Declaration. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Articles of Incorporation. SECTION 9.2. Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created. ARTICLE X Indemnification SECTION 10.1. Third Party Actions. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. SECTION 10.2. Actions by or in the Right of the Corporation. The corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that he is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for negligence or misconduct in the performance of his duty to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as the court shall deem proper. SECTION 10.3. Successful Defense. To the extent that a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Sections 10.1 and 10.2, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, he shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection therewith. SECTION 10.4. Determination of Conduct. Any indemnification under Section 10.1 or 10.2 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Sections 10.l and 10.2. Such determination shall be made (1) by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (2) if such quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (3) by the stockholders. SECTION 10.5 Payment of Expenses in Advance. Expenses incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized by the Board of Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in this Article X. SECTION 10.6. Indemnity Not Exclusive. The indemnification provided hereunder shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any other by-law, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person. SECTION 10.7. The Corporation. For purposes of this Article X, references to "the corporation" shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under and subject to the provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation the provisions of Section 10.4) with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued. SECTION 10.8. Insurance Indemnification. The corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprises against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability under the provisions of this Article X. ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous SECTION 11.1. Seal. The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the corporation, and the words "Corporate Seal, Nevada". The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or otherwise reproduced. SECTION 11.2. Books. The books of the corporation may be kept within or without the State of Nevada (subject to any provisions contained in the statutes) at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Executive Committee. SECTION 11.3. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. ARTICLE XII Amendment These by-laws may be altered, amended or repealed at any regular meeting of the Board of directors without prior notice, or at any special meeting of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment or repeal be contained in the notice of such special meetings. EX-4 3 Exhibit 4(c) AMENDMENT NO. 1 Reference is made to the Loan Agreement dated as of January 29, 1996 among Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., The Long- Term Credit Bank of Japan, Ltd., Los Angeles Agency, First Interstate Bank of Nevada, N.A., Societe Generale, Credit Lyonnais Los Angeles Branch and Credit Lyonnais Cayman Island Branch and Credit Lyonnais Cayman Island Branch and Canadian Imperial Bank of Commerce, as Co-Agents, and Bank of America National Trust and Savings Association, as Issuing Bank and Administrative Agent (as amended, the "Loan Agreement"). Terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings. The parties hereto agree as follows: 1. Section 7.1(f). Section 7.1(f) of the Loan Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: "(f) As soon as practicable, and in any event (i) within 30 days after the end of the first three Fiscal Quarters in each Fiscal Year, and (ii) 60 days after the end of the fourth Fiscal Quarter in each Fiscal Year, a written report, in form and detail mutually acceptable to Borrower and the Administrative Agent, with a narrative report describing the results of operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such Fiscal Quarter and detailing the status of each New Venture, including the amounts of New Venture Capital Expenditures and New Ventures Investments made, and reasonably anticipated to be made, with respect thereto;" 2. Waiver. The Banks hereby waive Borrower's failure to deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Banks the written report required in Section 7.1(f) of the Loan Agreement within 30 days after the Fiscal Quarter ended December 31, 1995. 3. Condition Precedent. As a condition precedent to the effectiveness of this Amendment, the Administrative Agent shall have received executed counterparts of this Amendment from Borrower and consents hereto from Banks comprising at least the Majority Banks. 4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in counterparts in accordance with Section 11.7 of the Loan Agreement. 5. Confirmation. In all other respects, the Loan Agreement is confirmed. This Amendment is dated as of April 15, 1996. CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. By: Title: BANK OF AMERICA NATIONAL TRUST and SAVINGS ASSOCIATION, as Administrative Agent By: Title: EX-10 4 Exhibit 10(oo) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 1st day of June, 1995, by and between Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company") and Antonio C. Alamo ("Executive"). W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, Executive and the Company deem it to be in their respective best interests to enter into an agreement providing for the Company's employment of Executive pursuant to the terms herein stated; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows: 1. Effective Date. This Agreement shall be effective as of the 1st day of June, 1995, which date shall be referred to herein as the "Effective Date". 2. Position and Duties. (a) The Company hereby employs Executive as its Senior Vice President-Operations commencing as of the Effective Date for the "Term of Employment" (as herein defined below). In this capacity, Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the performance of the services customarily incident to such offices and position and to such other services of a senior executive nature as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company which may include services for one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company. Executive shall in his capacity as an employee of the Company be responsible to and obey the reasonable and lawful directives of the Board and of any officers ("Supervising Officers") to whom he shall report. (b) Executive shall devote his full time and attention to such duties, except for sick leave, reasonable vaca- tions, and excused leaves of absence as more particularly pro- vided herein. Executive shall use his best efforts during the Term of Employment to protect, encourage, and promote the inter- ests of the Company. 3. Compensation. (a) Base Salary. The Company shall pay to Execu- tive during the Term of Employment a minimum salary at the rate of four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) per calendar year and agrees that such salary shall be reviewed at least annually. Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. (Executive's annual salary, as set forth above or as it may be increased from time to time as set forth herein, shall be referred to hereinafter as "Base Salary.") At no time during the Term of Employment shall Executive's Base Salary be decreased from the amount of Base Salary then in effect. (b) Performance Bonus. In addition to the compensation otherwise payable to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus ("Bonus") pursuant to a performance bonus plan (the "Bonus Plan") which shall be established by the Company for its senior executive officers and which shall provide for bonus compensation to be payable based upon the financial and other performance of the Company and its senior executives. It is intended that the Bonus Plan shall conform to the requirements applicable to "qualified performance based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). During the Term of Employment, Executive's targeted annual bonus under the Bonus Plan shall not be less than 100% of Executive's then current Base Salary. (c) Long Term Incentive/Stock Options. Executive has been granted a stock option to purchase the Company's common stock as set forth in that certain Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate and Agreement dated as of March 19, 1995 and attached hereto as Exhibit A. 4. Benefits. During the Term of Employment: (a) Executive shall be eligible to participate in any life, health and long-term disability insurance programs, pension and retirement programs, stock option and other incentive compensation programs, and other fringe benefit programs made available to senior executive employees of the Company from time to time, and Executive shall be entitled to receive such other fringe benefits as may be granted to him from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors. (b) Executive shall be allowed vacations and leaves of absence with pay on the same basis as other senior executive employees of the Company. (c) The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred in performing Executive's duties and promoting the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, reasonable entertainment expenses, travel and lodging expenses, following presentation of documentation in accordance with the Company's business expense reimbursement policies. (d) Executive shall be added as an additional named insured under all liability insurance policies now in force or hereafter obtained covering any officer or director of the Company in his or her capacity as an officer or director. Compa- ny shall indemnify Executive in his capacity as an officer or director and hold him harmless from any cost, expense or liabil- ity arising out of or relating to any acts or decisions made by him on behalf of or in the course of performing services for the Company (to the maximum extent provided by the Company's Bylaws and applicable law). 5. Term; Termination of Employment. As used herein, the phrase "Term of Employment" shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending three (3) years from the Effective Date provided that as of the expiration date of each of (i) the initial three (3) year Term of Employment and (ii) if applicable, any Renewal Period (as defined below), the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended for a one (1) year period (each a "Renewal Period") unless either the Company or Executive provides six (6) months' notice to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term of Employment shall expire on the first to occur of the following: (a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or By Executive With Good Reason. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, whether express or implied, the Company may, at any time, terminate Executive's employment for any reason other than Cause (as defined below) by giving Executive at least 60 days' prior written notice of the effective date of termination. In the event Executive's employment hereunder is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled to receive (x) his Base Salary as he would have received such amounts during the period commencing on the effective date of such termination and ending on the later of (i) the expiration of the Term of Employment or (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months following the effective date of such termination (the "Salary Continuation Period"), as if Executive were still em- ployed hereunder during the Salary Continuation Period; (y) if it has not previously been paid to Executive, any Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination; and (z) annual Bonuses during the Salary Continuation Period in an amount equal to the product of Executive's Base Salary on the effective date of such termination and the minimum targeted bonus percentage specified in Section 3(b), payable in the ordinary course and prorated, as applicable, for any partial fiscal year of the Bonus Plan ending on the final day of the Salary Continuation Period. In addition, all of Executive's stock options with respect to the Company's stock shall become immediately and fully exercisable. During the Salary Continuation Period, Executive and his spouse and depen- dents shall be entitled to continue to be covered by all group medical, health and accident insurance or other such health care arrangements in which Executive was a participant as of the date of such termination, at the same coverage level and on the same terms and conditions which applied immediately prior to the date of Executive's termination of employment, until Executive obtains alternative comparable coverage under another group plan, which coverage does not contain any pre-existing condition exclusions or limitations; provided, however, that if, as the result of the termination of Executive's employment, Executive and/or his otherwise eligible dependents or beneficiaries shall become ineligible for benefits under any one or more of the Company's benefit plans, the Company shall continue to provide Executive and his eligible dependents or beneficiaries, through other means, with benefits at a level at least equivalent to the level of benefits for which Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries were eligible under such plans immediately prior to the date of Executive's termination of employment. At the termination of the benefits coverage under the preceding sentence, Executive and his spouse and dependents shall be entitled to continuation coverage pursuant to Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Sections 601-608 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and under any other applicable law, to the extent required by such laws, as if Executive had terminated employment with the Company on the date such benefits coverage terminates. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean, without the express written consent of Executive, the occurrence of any of the following events unless such events are fully corrected within 30 days following written notification by Executive to the Company that he intends to terminate his employment hereunder for one of the reasons set forth below: i) a material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement; ii) the Company's requiring Executive to be based anywhere other than the metropolitan area where he currently works and resides for a period in excess of eighteen (18) months; iii) the occurrence of a "Change in Control" as defined below; or (iv) the Company's notifying Executive that it does not consent to any automatic one-year extension of the Term of Employment. For purposes of this Agreement a "Change in Control" shall mean an event as a result of which: (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into another corporation or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any person, or any corporation consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a trans- action in which the outstanding voting stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the outstanding voting stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for (x) voting stock of the surviving or transferee corporation or (y) cash, securities (whether or not including voting stock) or other property, and (B) the holders of the voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indi- rectly, not less than 50% of the voting power of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66-2/3% of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of the Company then in office; or (iv) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation, provided however that a Change in Control shall not include any going private or leveraged buy-out transaction which is sponsored by Executive or in which Executive acquires an equity interest materially in excess of his equity interest in the Company immediately prior to such transaction (each of the events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, as provided otherwise by the preceding clause being referred to herein as a "Change in Control"). (b) Termination for Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive's employment at any time for Cause by giving Executive written notice of the effective date of termination (which effective date may, except as otherwise provided below, be the date of such notice). If the Company terminates Executive's employment for Cause, Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination and the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder from and after the effective date of termination and the Company shall have all other rights and remedies available under this or any other agreement and at law or in equity. For purposes of this Agreement only, Cause shall mean: i) fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, or other act of material misconduct against the Company or any of its affiliates; ii) substantial and willful failure to perform specific and lawful directives of the Board or any Supervising Officer, as reasonably de- termined by the Board; iii) willful and knowing violation of any rules or regulations of any governmental or regulatory body, which is materially injurious to the financial condition of the Company; iv) conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony; or v) Executive's loss of any personal gaming or related regulatory approval or license required to perform his duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that with regard to subparagraph ii) above, Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until the Board has given him reasonable written notice of its intended actions and specifically describing the alleged events, activi- ties or omissions giving rise thereto and with respect to those events, activities or omissions for which a cure is possible, a reasonable opportunity to cure such breach; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining whether any such Cause is present, no act or failure to act by Executive shall be considered "willful" if done or omitted to be done by Executive in good faith and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission was in the best interest of the Company and/or required by applicable law. (c) Termination on Account of Death. In the event of Executive's death while in the employ of the Company, his employment hereunder shall terminate on the date of his death and Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination. In addition, any other bene- fits payable on behalf of Executive shall be determined under the Company's insurance and other compensation and benefit plans and programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such programs. (d) Voluntary Termination by Executive. In the event that Executive's employment with the Company is voluntarily terminated by Executive other than for Good Reason, Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination, and the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder from and after the effective date of termination and the Company shall have all other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or any other agreement and at law or in equity. Executive shall give the Company at least 30 days' advance written notice of his intention to terminate his employment hereunder. (e) Termination on Account of Disability. To the extent not prohibited by The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 or Chapter 613 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, if, as a result of Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness (as determined in good faith by a physician acceptable to the Company and Executive), Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of his duties with the Company for 120 consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period or if a physician acceptable to the Company advises the Company that it is likely that Executive will be unable to return to the full- time performance of his duties for 120 consecutive days during the succeeding twelve (12) month period, his employment may be terminated for "Disability." During any period that Executive fails to perform his full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, he shall continue to receive his Base Salary, Bonus and other benefits provided hereunder, together with all compensation payable to him under the Company's disability plan or program or other similar plan during such period, until Executive's employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to this Section 5(e). Thereafter, Executive's benefits shall be determined under the Company's retirement, insurance, and other compensation and benefit plans and programs then in effect, in accordance with the terms of such programs. 6. Confidential Information, Non-Solicitation and Non- Competition. (a) During the Term of Employment and for three (3) years thereafter, Executive shall not, except as may be re- quired to perform his duties hereunder or as required by applicable law, disclose to others or use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company. "Confidential Information" shall mean information about the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective clients and customers that is not available to the general public and that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information, and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, records (including computer records) and the documents containing such Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company, and that such information gives the Company a competitive advantage. Upon the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all documents, computer tapes and disks (and all copies thereof) containing any Confidential Information. (b) During the period that Executive is receiving payments under this Agreement (which Executive may elect to terminate at any time), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly in any manner or capacity (e.g., as an advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, shareholder, employee, member of any association or otherwise) engage in, work for, consult, provide advice or assistance or otherwise participate in any activity which is competitive with the business of the Company in any geographic area in which the Company is now or shall then be doing business. Executive further agrees that during such period he will not assist or encourage any other person in carrying out any activity that would be prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 if such activity were carried out by Executive and, in particular, Executive agrees that he will not induce any employee of the Company to carry out any such activity; provided, however, that the "beneficial ownership" by Executive, either individually or as a member of a "group," as such terms are used in Rule 13d of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, of not more than five percent (5%) of the voting stock of any publicly held corporation shall not be a violation of this Agreement. It is further expressly agreed that the Company will or would suffer irreparable injury if Executive were to compete with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company in violation of this Agreement and that the Company would by reason of such competition be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction, and Executive further consents and stipulates to the entry of such injunctive relief in such a court prohibiting Executive from competing with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company in violation of this Agreement. (c) During the Term of Employment and for three (3) years thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, influence or attempt to influence customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, to divert their business to any competitor of the Company. (d) Executive recognizes that he will possess confidential information about other employees of the Company relating to their education, experience, skills, abilities, compensation and benefits, and interpersonal relationships with customers of the Company. Executive recognizes that the information he will possess about these other employees is not generally known, is of substantial value to the Company in developing its business and in securing and retaining customers, and will be acquired by him because of his business position with the Company. Executive agrees that, during the Term of Employment, and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, he will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any employee of the Company for the purpose of being employed by him or by any competitor of the Company on whose behalf he is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that he will not convey any such confidential information or trade secrets about other employees of the Company to any other person. (e) If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any state that any restriction in this Section 6 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under the laws of that state, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by the law of that state. 7. No Offset - No Mitigation. Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages under this Agreement by seeking other comparable employment. The amount of any payment or bene- fit provided for in this Agreement, including welfare benefits, shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits earned by or provided to him as the result of employment by another employer, except as provided otherwise in Section 5(a) with respect to health and insurance benefits provided during the Salary Continuation Period. 8. Designated Beneficiary. In the event of the death of Executive while in the employ of the Company, or at any time thereafter during which amounts remain payable to Executive under Section 5, such payments (other than the right to continuation of welfare benefits) shall thereafter be made to such person or persons as Executive may specifically designate (successively or contingently) to receive payments under this Agreement following Executive's death by filing a written beneficiary designation with the Company during Executive's lifetime. Such beneficiary designation shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Company and may be amended from time to time or may be revoked by Executive pursuant to written instruments filed with the Company during his lifetime. Beneficiaries designated by Executive may be any natural or legal person or persons, including a fiduciary, such as a trustee or a trust or the legal representative of an estate. Unless otherwise provided by the beneficiary designation filed by Executive, if all of the persons so designated die before Executive on the occurrence of a contingency not contem- plated in such beneficiary designation, then the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive's estate. 9. Taxes. All payments to be made to Executive under this Agreement will be subject to any applicable withholding of federal, state and local income and employment taxes. 10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall also be subject to the following miscellaneous considerations: (a) Executive and the Company each represent and warrant to the other that he or it has the authorization, power and right to deliver, execute, and fully perform his or its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with its terms. (b) This Agreement contains a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to Executive's employment by the Company, this Agreement supersedes all prior and existing negotiations and agreements between the parties concerning Executive's employment, and this Agreement can only be changed or modified pursuant to a written instrument duly executed by each of the parties hereto. (c) If any provision of this Agreement or any portion thereof is declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. (d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Nevada, except to the extent governed by federal law. (e) The Company may assign this Agreement to any direct or indirect subsidiary or parent of the Company or joint venture in which the Company has an interest, or any successor (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the stock, assets or business of the Company and this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successors and assigns. Except as expressly pro- vided herein, Executive may not sell, transfer, assign, or pledge any of his rights or interests pursuant to this Agreement. (f) Any rights of Executive hereunder shall be in addition to any rights Executive may otherwise have under benefit plans, agreements, or arrangements of the Company to which he is a party or in which he is a participant, including, but not limited to, any Company-sponsored employee benefit plans. Provi- sions of this Agreement shall not in any way abrogate Executive's rights under such other plans, agreements, or arrangements. (g) For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the named Executive at the address set forth below under his signature; provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secre- tary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. (h) Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. (i) Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. (j) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. 11. Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in Las Vegas, Nevada in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The Company and Executive hereby agree that the arbitrator will not have the authority to award punitive damages, damages for emotional distress or any other damages that are not contractual in nature. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek a restraining order or injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent any continuation of any violation of the provisions of Section 6, and Executive consents that such restraining order or injunction may be granted without the necessity of the Company's posting any bond except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law. The expense of such arbitration shall be borne by the Company. 12. Attorneys' Fees. Should either party hereto or their successors retain counsel for the purpose of enforcing, or preventing the breach of, any provision hereof, including, but not limited to, by instituting any action or proceeding in arbitration or a court to enforce any provision hereof or to enjoin a breach of any provision of this Agreement, or for a declaration of such party's rights or obligations under the Agreement, or for any other remedy, whether in arbitration or in a court of law, then the successful party shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the other party for all costs and expenses incurred thereby, including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and ex- penses of attorneys and expert witnesses, including costs of appeal. If such successful party shall recover judgment in any such action or proceeding, such costs, expenses and fees may be included in and as part of such judgment. The successful party shall be the party who is entitled to recover his costs of suit, whether or not the suit proceeds to final judgment. If no costs are awarded, the successful party shall be determined by the arbitrator or court, as the case may be. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. EXECUTIVE COMPANY ANTONIO C. ALAMO CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. By: By: Title: Senior Vice President-Operations Title: Address: EX-10 5 Exhibit 10(pp) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 1st day of June, 1995, by and between Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company") and Gregg H. Solomon ("Executive"). W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, Executive and the Company deem it to be in their respective best interests to enter into an agreement providing for the Company's employment of Executive pursuant to the terms herein stated; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows: 1. Effective Date. This Agreement shall be effective as of the 1st day of June, 1995, which date shall be referred to herein as the "Effective Date". 2. Position and Duties. (a) The Company hereby employs Executive as its Senior Vice President - Operations commencing as of the Effective Date for the "Term of Employment" (as herein defined below). In this capacity, Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the performance of the services customarily incident to such offices and position and to such other services of a senior executive nature as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company which may include services for one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company. Executive shall in his capacity as an employee of the Company be responsible to and obey the reasonable and lawful directives of the Board and of any officers ("Supervising Officers") to whom he shall report. (b) Executive shall devote his full time and attention to such duties, except for sick leave, reasonable vaca- tions, and excused leaves of absence as more particularly pro- vided herein. Executive shall use his best efforts during the Term of Employment to protect, encourage, and promote the inter- ests of the Company. 3. Compensation. (a) Base Salary. The Company shall pay to Execu- tive during the Term of Employment a minimum salary at the rate of four hundred thousand dollars ($400,000) per calendar year and agrees that such salary shall be reviewed at least annually. Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. (Executive's annual salary, as set forth above or as it may be increased from time to time as set forth herein, shall be referred to hereinafter as "Base Salary.") At no time during the Term of Employment shall Executive's Base Salary be decreased from the amount of Base Salary then in effect. (b) Performance Bonus. In addition to the compensation otherwise payable to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus ("Bonus") pursuant to a performance bonus plan (the "Bonus Plan") which shall be established by the Company for its senior executive officers and which shall provide for bonus compensation to be payable based upon the financial and other performance of the Company and its senior executives. It is intended that the Bonus Plan shall conform to the requirements applicable to "qualified performance based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). During the Term of Employment, Executive's targeted annual bonus under the Bonus Plan shall not be less than 100% of Executive's then current Base Salary. (c) Long Term Incentive/Stock Options. Executive has been granted a stock option to purchase the Company's common stock as set forth in that certain Non-Qualified Stock Option Certificate and Agreement dated as of March 19, 1995 and attached hereto as Exhibit A. 4. Benefits. During the Term of Employment: (a) Executive shall be eligible to participate in any life, health and long-term disability insurance programs, pension and retirement programs, stock option and other incentive compensation programs, and other fringe benefit programs made available to senior executive employees of the Company from time to time, and Executive shall be entitled to receive such other fringe benefits as may be granted to him from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors. (b) Executive shall be allowed vacations and leaves of absence with pay on the same basis as other senior executive employees of the Company. (c) The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred in performing Executive's duties and promoting the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, reasonable entertainment expenses, travel and lodging expenses, following presentation of documentation in accordance with the Company's business expense reimbursement policies. (d) Executive shall be added as an additional named insured under all liability insurance policies now in force or hereafter obtained covering any officer or director of the Company in his or her capacity as an officer or director. Compa- ny shall indemnify Executive in his capacity as an officer or director and hold him harmless from any cost, expense or liabil- ity arising out of or relating to any acts or decisions made by him on behalf of or in the course of performing services for the Company (to the maximum extent provided by the Company's Bylaws and applicable law). 5. Term; Termination of Employment. As used herein, the phrase "Term of Employment" shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that as of the expiration date of each of (i) the initial three (3) year Term of Employment and (ii) if applicable, any Renewal Period (as defined below), the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended for a one (1) year period (each a "Renewal Period") unless either the Company or Executive provides six (6) months' notice to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term of Employment shall expire on the first to occur of the following: (a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or By Executive With Good Reason. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, whether express or implied, the Company may, at any time, terminate Executive's employment for any reason other than Cause (as defined below) by giving Executive at least 60 days' prior written notice of the effective date of termination. In the event Executive's employment hereunder is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled to receive (x) his Base Salary as he would have received such amounts during the period commencing on the effective date of such termination and ending on the later of (i) the expiration of the Term of Employment or (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months following the effective date of such termination (the "Salary Continuation Period"), as if Executive were still em- ployed hereunder during the Salary Continuation Period; (y) if it has not previously been paid to Executive, any Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination; and (z) annual Bonuses during the Salary Continuation Period in an amount equal to the product of Executive's Base Salary on the effective date of such termination and the minimum targeted bonus percentage specified in Section 3(b), payable in the ordinary course and prorated, as applicable, for any partial fiscal year of the Bonus Plan ending on the final day of the Salary Continuation Period. In addition, all of Executive's stock options with respect to the Company's stock shall become immediately and fully exercisable. During the Salary Continuation Period, Executive and his spouse and depen- dents shall be entitled to continue to be covered by all group medical, health and accident insurance or other such health care arrangements in which Executive was a participant as of the date of such termination, at the same coverage level and on the same terms and conditions which applied immediately prior to the date of Executive's termination of employment, until Executive obtains alternative comparable coverage under another group plan, which coverage does not contain any pre-existing condition exclusions or limitations; provided, however, that if, as the result of the termination of Executive's employment, Executive and/or his otherwise eligible dependents or beneficiaries shall become ineligible for benefits under any one or more of the Company's benefit plans, the Company shall continue to provide Executive and his eligible dependents or beneficiaries, through other means, with benefits at a level at least equivalent to the level of benefits for which Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries were eligible under such plans immediately prior to the date of Executive's termination of employment. At the termination of the benefits coverage under the preceding sentence, Executive and his spouse and dependents shall be entitled to continuation coverage pursuant to Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Sections 601-608 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and under any other applicable law, to the extent required by such laws, as if Executive had terminated employment with the Company on the date such benefits coverage terminates. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean, without the express written consent of Executive, the occurrence of any of the following events unless such events are fully corrected within 30 days following written notification by Executive to the Company that he intends to terminate his employment hereunder for one of the reasons set forth below: i) a material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement; ii) the Company's requiring Executive to be based anywhere other than the metropolitan area where he currently works and resides for a period in excess of eighteen (18) months; iii) the occurrence of a "Change in Control" as defined below; or iv) the Company's notifying Executive that it does not consent to any automatic one-year extension of the Term of Employment. For purposes of this Agreement a "Change in Control" shall mean an event as a result of which: (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into another corporation or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any person, or any corporation consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a trans- action in which the outstanding voting stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the outstanding voting stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for (x) voting stock of the surviving or transferee corporation or (y) cash, securities (whether or not including voting stock) or other property, and (B) the holders of the voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indi- rectly, not less than 50% of the voting power of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66-2/3% of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of the Company then in office; or (iv) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation, provided however that a Change in Control shall not include any going private or leveraged buy-out transaction which is sponsored by Executive or in which Executive acquires an equity interest materially in excess of his equity interest in the Company immediately prior to such transaction (each of the events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, as provided otherwise by the preceding clause being referred to herein as a "Change in Control"). (b) Termination for Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive's employment at any time for Cause by giving Executive written notice of the effective date of termination (which effective date may, except as otherwise provided below, be the date of such notice). If the Company terminates Executive's employment for Cause, Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination and the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder from and after the effective date of termination and the Company shall have all other rights and remedies available under this or any other agreement and at law or in equity. For purposes of this Agreement only, Cause shall mean: i) fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, or other act of material misconduct against the Company or any of its affiliates; ii) substantial and willful failure to perform specific and lawful directives of the Board or any Supervising Officer, as reasonably de- termined by the Board; iii) willful and knowing violation of any rules or regulations of any governmental or regulatory body, which is materially injurious to the financial condition of the Company; iv) conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony; or v) Executive's loss of any personal gaming or related regulatory approval or license required to perform his duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that with regard to subparagraph ii) above, Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until the Board has given him reasonable written notice of its intended actions and specifically describing the alleged events, activi- ties or omissions giving rise thereto and with respect to those events, activities or omissions for which a cure is possible, a reasonable opportunity to cure such breach; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining whether any such Cause is present, no act or failure to act by Executive shall be considered "willful" if done or omitted to be done by Executive in good faith and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission was in the best interest of the Company and/or required by applicable law. (c) Termination on Account of Death. In the event of Executive's death while in the employ of the Company, his employment hereunder shall terminate on the date of his death and Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination. In addition, any other bene- fits payable on behalf of Executive shall be determined under the Company's insurance and other compensation and benefit plans and programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such programs. (d) Voluntary Termination by Executive. In the event that Executive's employment with the Company is voluntarily terminated by Executive other than for Good Reason, Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination, and the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder from and after the effective date of termination and the Company shall have all other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or any other agreement and at law or in equity. Executive shall give the Company at least 30 days' advance written notice of his intention to terminate his employment hereunder. (e) Termination on Account of Disability. To the extent not prohibited by The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 or Chapter 613 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, if, as a result of Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness (as determined in good faith by a physician acceptable to the Company and Executive), Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of his duties with the Company for 120 consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period or if a physician acceptable to the Company advises the Company that it is likely that Executive will be unable to return to the full- time performance of his duties for 120 consecutive days during the succeeding twelve (12) month period, his employment may be terminated for "Disability." During any period that Executive fails to perform his full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, he shall continue to receive his Base Salary, Bonus and other benefits provided hereunder, together with all compensation payable to him under the Company's disability plan or program or other similar plan during such period, until Executive's employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to this Section 5(e). Thereafter, Executive's benefits shall be determined under the Company's retirement, insurance, and other compensation and benefit plans and programs then in effect, in accordance with the terms of such programs. 6. Confidential Information, Non-Solicitation and Non- Competition. (a) During the Term of Employment and for three (3) years thereafter, Executive shall not, except as may be re- quired to perform his duties hereunder or as required by applicable law, disclose to others or use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company. "Confidential Information" shall mean information about the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective clients and customers that is not available to the general public and that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information, and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, records (including computer records) and the documents containing such Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company, and that such information gives the Company a competitive advantage. Upon the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all documents, computer tapes and disks (and all copies thereof) containing any Confidential Information. (b) During the period that Executive is receiving payments under this Agreement (which Executive may elect to terminate at any time), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly in any manner or capacity (e.g., as an advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, shareholder, employee, member of any association or otherwise) engage in, work for, consult, provide advice or assistance or otherwise participate in any activity which is competitive with the business of the Company in any geographic area in which the Company is now or shall then be doing business. Executive further agrees that during such period he will not assist or encourage any other person in carrying out any activity that would be prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 if such activity were carried out by Executive and, in particular, Executive agrees that he will not induce any employee of the Company to carry out any such activity; provided, however, that the "beneficial ownership" by Executive, either individually or as a member of a "group," as such terms are used in Rule 13d of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, of not more than five percent (5%) of the voting stock of any publicly held corporation shall not be a violation of this Agreement. It is further expressly agreed that the Company will or would suffer irreparable injury if Executive were to compete with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company in violation of this Agreement and that the Company would by reason of such competition be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction, and Executive further consents and stipulates to the entry of such injunctive relief in such a court prohibiting Executive from competing with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company in violation of this Agreement. (c) During the Term of Employment and for three (3) years thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, influence or attempt to influence customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, to divert their business to any competitor of the Company. (d) Executive recognizes that he will possess confidential information about other employees of the Company relating to their education, experience, skills, abilities, compensation and benefits, and interpersonal relationships with customers of the Company. Executive recognizes that the information he will possess about these other employees is not generally known, is of substantial value to the Company in developing its business and in securing and retaining customers, and will be acquired by him because of his business position with the Company. Executive agrees that, during the Term of Employment, and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, he will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any employee of the Company for the purpose of being employed by him or by any competitor of the Company on whose behalf he is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that he will not convey any such confidential information or trade secrets about other employees of the Company to any other person. (e) If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any state that any restriction in this Section 6 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under the laws of that state, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by the law of that state. 7. No Offset - No Mitigation. Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages under this Agreement by seeking other comparable employment. The amount of any payment or bene- fit provided for in this Agreement, including welfare benefits, shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits earned by or provided to him as the result of employment by another employer, except as provided otherwise in Section 5(a) with respect to health and insurance benefits provided during the Salary Continuation Period. 8. Designated Beneficiary. In the event of the death of Executive while in the employ of the Company, or at any time thereafter during which amounts remain payable to Executive under Section 5, such payments (other than the right to continuation of welfare benefits) shall thereafter be made to such person or persons as Executive may specifically designate (successively or contingently) to receive payments under this Agreement following Executive's death by filing a written beneficiary designation with the Company during Executive's lifetime. Such beneficiary designation shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Company and may be amended from time to time or may be revoked by Executive pursuant to written instruments filed with the Company during his lifetime. Beneficiaries designated by Executive may be any natural or legal person or persons, including a fiduciary, such as a trustee or a trust or the legal representative of an estate. Unless otherwise provided by the beneficiary designation filed by Executive, if all of the persons so designated die before Executive on the occurrence of a contingency not contem- plated in such beneficiary designation, then the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive's estate. 9. Taxes. All payments to be made to Executive under this Agreement will be subject to any applicable withholding of federal, state and local income and employment taxes. 10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall also be subject to the following miscellaneous considerations: (a) Executive and the Company each represent and warrant to the other that he or it has the authorization, power and right to deliver, execute, and fully perform his or its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with its terms. (b) This Agreement contains a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to Executive's employment by the Company, this Agreement supersedes all prior and existing negotiations and agreements between the parties concerning Executive's employment, and this Agreement can only be changed or modified pursuant to a written instrument duly executed by each of the parties hereto. (c) If any provision of this Agreement or any portion thereof is declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. (d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Nevada, except to the extent governed by federal law. (e) The Company may assign this Agreement to any direct or indirect subsidiary or parent of the Company or joint venture in which the Company has an interest, or any successor (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the stock, assets or business of the Company and this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successors and assigns. Except as expressly pro- vided herein, Executive may not sell, transfer, assign, or pledge any of his rights or interests pursuant to this Agreement. (f) Any rights of Executive hereunder shall be in addition to any rights Executive may otherwise have under benefit plans, agreements, or arrangements of the Company to which he is a party or in which he is a participant, including, but not limited to, any Company-sponsored employee benefit plans. Provi- sions of this Agreement shall not in any way abrogate Executive's rights under such other plans, agreements, or arrangements. (g) For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the named Executive at the address set forth below under his signature; provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secre- tary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. (h) Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. (i) Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. (j) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. 11. Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in Las Vegas, Nevada in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The Company and Executive hereby agree that the arbitrator will not have the authority to award punitive damages, damages for emotional distress or any other damages that are not contractual in nature. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek a restraining order or injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent any continuation of any violation of the provisions of Section 6, and Executive consents that such restraining order or injunction may be granted without the necessity of the Company's posting any bond except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law. The expense of such arbitration shall be borne by the Company. 12. Attorneys' Fees. Should either party hereto or their successors retain counsel for the purpose of enforcing, or preventing the breach of, any provision hereof, including, but not limited to, by instituting any action or proceeding in arbitration or a court to enforce any provision hereof or to enjoin a breach of any provision of this Agreement, or for a declaration of such party's rights or obligations under the Agreement, or for any other remedy, whether in arbitration or in a court of law, then the successful party shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the other party for all costs and expenses incurred thereby, including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and ex- penses of attorneys and expert witnesses, including costs of appeal. If such successful party shall recover judgment in any such action or proceeding, such costs, expenses and fees may be included in and as part of such judgment. The successful party shall be the party who is entitled to recover his costs of suit, whether or not the suit proceeds to final judgment. If no costs are awarded, the successful party shall be determined by the arbitrator or court, as the case may be. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. EXECUTIVE COMPANY GREGG H. SOLOMON CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. By: By: Title: Senior Vice President - Operations Title: Address: EX-10 6 Exhibit 10(qq) EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 1st day of June, 1995, by and between Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., a Nevada corporation (the "Company") and Daniel N. Copp ("Executive"). W I T N E S S E T H: WHEREAS, Executive and the Company deem it to be in their respective best interests to enter into an agreement providing for the Company's employment of Executive pursuant to the terms herein stated; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and agreements contained herein, it is hereby agreed as follows: 1. Effective Date. This Agreement shall be effective as of the 1st day of June, 1995, which date shall be referred to herein as the "Effective Date". 2. Position and Duties. (a) The Company hereby employs Executive as its Senior Vice President-Corporate Communications commencing as of the Effective Date for the "Term of Employment" (as herein de- fined below). In this capacity, Executive shall devote his best efforts and his full business time and attention to the performance of the services customarily incident to such offices and position and to such other services of a senior executive nature as may be reasonably requested by the Board of Directors (the "Board") of the Company which may include services for one or more subsidiaries or affiliates of the Company. Executive shall in his capacity as an employee and officer of the Company be responsible to and obey the reasonable and lawful directives of the Board and of any officers ("Supervising Officers") to whom he shall report. (b) Executive shall devote his full time and attention to such duties, except for sick leave, reasonable vaca- tions, and excused leaves of absence as more particularly pro- vided herein. Executive shall use his best efforts during the Term of Employment to protect, encourage, and promote the inter- ests of the Company. 3. Compensation. (a) Base Salary. The Company shall pay to Execu- tive during the Term of Employment a minimum salary at the rate of two hundred thousand dollars ($200,000) per calendar year and agrees that such salary shall be reviewed at least annually. Such salary shall be payable in accordance with the Company's normal payroll procedures. (Executive's annual salary, as set forth above or as it may be increased from time to time as set forth herein, shall be referred to hereinafter as "Base Salary.") At no time during the Term of Employment shall Executive's Base Salary be decreased from the amount of Base Salary then in effect. (b) Performance Bonus. In addition to the compensation otherwise payable to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, Executive shall be eligible to receive an annual bonus ("Bonus") pursuant to a performance bonus plan (the "Bonus Plan") which shall be established by the Company for its senior executive officers and which shall provide for bonus compensation to be payable based upon the financial and other performance of the Company and its senior executives. It is intended that the Bonus Plan shall conform to the requirements applicable to "qualified performance based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"). During the Term of Employment, Executive's targeted annual bonus under the Bonus Plan shall not be less than 100% of Executive's then current Base Salary. A minimum of 50% of Executive's targeted annual bonus under the Bonus Plan shall be guaranteed for the first year of the Term of Employment. 4. Benefits. During the Term of Employment: (a) Executive shall be eligible to participate in any life, health and long-term disability insurance programs, pension and retirement programs, stock option and other incentive compensation programs, and other fringe benefit programs made available to senior executive employees of the Company from time to time, and Executive shall be entitled to receive such other fringe benefits as may be granted to him from time to time by the Company's Board of Directors. (b) Executive shall be allowed vacations and leaves of absence with pay on the same basis as other senior executive employees of the Company. (c) The Company shall reimburse Executive for reasonable business expenses incurred in performing Executive's duties and promoting the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, reasonable entertainment expenses, travel and lodging expenses, following presentation of documentation in accordance with the Company's business expense reimbursement policies. (d) Executive shall be added as an additional named insured under all liability insurance policies now in force or hereafter obtained covering any officer or director of the Company in his or her capacity as an officer or director. Compa- ny shall indemnify Executive in his capacity as an officer or director and hold him harmless from any cost, expense or liabil- ity arising out of or relating to any acts or decisions made by him on behalf of or in the course of performing services for the Company (to the maximum extent provided by the Company's Bylaws and applicable law). 5. Term; Termination of Employment. As used herein, the phrase "Term of Employment" shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending three (3) years from the Effective Date, provided that as of the expiration date of each of (i) the initial three (3) year Term of Employment and (ii) if applicable, any Renewal Period (as defined below), the Term of Employment shall automatically be extended for a one (1) year period (each a "Renewal Period") unless either the Company or Executive provides six (6) months' notice to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Term of Employment shall expire on the first to occur of the following: (a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or By Executive With Good Reason. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, whether express or implied, the Company may, at any time, terminate Executive's employment for any reason other than Cause (as defined below) by giving Executive at least 60 days' prior written notice of the effective date of termination. In the event Executive's employment hereunder is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or by Executive for Good Reason (as defined below), Executive shall be entitled to receive (x) his Base Salary as he would have received such amounts during the period commencing on the effective date of such termination and ending on the later of (i) the expiration of the Term of Employment or (ii) the date that is twelve (12) months following the effective date of such termination (the "Salary Continuation Period"), as if Executive were still em- ployed hereunder during the Salary Continuation Period; (y) if it has not previously been paid to Executive, any Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination; and (z) annual Bonuses during the Salary Continuation Period in an amount equal to the product of Executive's Base Salary on the effective date of such termination and the minimum targeted bonus percentage specified in Section 3(b), payable in the ordinary course and prorated, as applicable, for any partial fiscal year of the Bonus Plan ending on the final day of the Salary Continuation Period. In addition, all of Executive's stock options with respect to the Company's stock shall become immediately and fully exercisable. During the Salary Continuation Period, Executive and his spouse and depen- dents shall be entitled to continue to be covered by all group medical, health and accident insurance or other such health care arrangements in which Executive was a participant as of the date of such termination, at the same coverage level and on the same terms and conditions which applied immediately prior to the date of Executive's termination of employment, until Executive obtains alternative comparable coverage under another group plan, which coverage does not contain any pre-existing condition exclusions or limitations; provided, however, that if, as the result of the termination of Executive's employment, Executive and/or his otherwise eligible dependents or beneficiaries shall become ineligible for benefits under any one or more of the Company's benefit plans, the Company shall continue to provide Executive and his eligible dependents or beneficiaries, through other means, with benefits at a level at least equivalent to the level of benefits for which Executive and his dependents and beneficiaries were eligible under such plans immediately prior to the date of Executive's termination of employment. At the termination of the benefits coverage under the preceding sentence, Executive and his spouse and dependents shall be entitled to continuation coverage pursuant to Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Sections 601-608 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and under any other applicable law, to the extent required by such laws, as if Executive had terminated employment with the Company on the date such benefits coverage terminates. For purposes of this Agreement, "Good Reason" shall mean, without the express written consent of Executive, the occurrence of any of the following events unless such events are fully corrected within 30 days following written notification by Executive to the Company that he intends to terminate his employment hereunder for one of the reasons set forth below: i) a material breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement; ii) the Company's requiring Executive to be based anywhere other than the metropolitan area where he currently works and resides for a period in excess of eighteen (18) months; iii) the occurrence of a "Change in Control" as defined below; or (iv) the Company's notifying Executive that it does not consent to any automatic one-year extension of the Term of Employment. For purposes of this Agreement a "Change in Control" shall mean an event as a result of which: (i) any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act")), is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, except that a person shall be deemed to have "beneficial ownership" of all securities that such person has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the total voting power of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into another corporation or sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of its assets to any person, or any corporation consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event pursuant to a trans- action in which the outstanding voting stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where (A) the outstanding voting stock of the Company is changed into or exchanged for (x) voting stock of the surviving or transferee corporation or (y) cash, securities (whether or not including voting stock) or other property, and (B) the holders of the voting stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indi- rectly, not less than 50% of the voting power of the voting stock of the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction; or (iii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of the Company (together with any new directors whose election by such Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of 66-2/3% of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of the Company then in office; or (iv) the Company is liquidated or dissolved or adopts a plan of liquidation, provided however that a Change in Control shall not include any going private or leveraged buy-out transaction which is sponsored by Executive or in which Executive acquires an equity interest materially in excess of his equity interest in the Company immediately prior to such transaction (each of the events described in (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, as provided otherwise by the preceding clause being referred to herein as a "Change in Control"). (b) Termination for Cause. The Company shall have the right to terminate Executive's employment at any time for Cause by giving Executive written notice of the effective date of termination (which effective date may, except as otherwise provided below, be the date of such notice). If the Company terminates Executive's employment for Cause, Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination and the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder from and after the effective date of termination and the Company shall have all other rights and remedies available under this or any other agreement and at law or in equity. For purposes of this Agreement only, Cause shall mean: i) fraud, misappropriation, embezzlement, or other act of material misconduct against the Company or any of its affiliates; ii) substantial and willful failure to perform specific and lawful directives of the Board or any Supervising Officer, as reasonably de- termined by the Board; iii) willful and knowing violation of any rules or regulations of any governmental or regulatory body, which is materially injurious to the financial condition of the Company; iv) conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony; or v) Executive's loss of any personal gaming or related regulatory approval or license required to perform his duties under this Agreement; provided, however, that with regard to subparagraph ii) above, Executive may not be terminated for Cause unless and until the Board has given him reasonable written notice of its intended actions and specifically describing the alleged events, activi- ties or omissions giving rise thereto and with respect to those events, activities or omissions for which a cure is possible, a reasonable opportunity to cure such breach; and provided, further, that for purposes of determining whether any such Cause is present, no act or failure to act by Executive shall be considered "willful" if done or omitted to be done by Executive in good faith and in the reasonable belief that such act or omission was in the best interest of the Company and/or required by applicable law. (c) Termination on Account of Death. In the event of Executive's death while in the employ of the Company, his employment hereunder shall terminate on the date of his death and Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination. In addition, any other bene- fits payable on behalf of Executive shall be determined under the Company's insurance and other compensation and benefit plans and programs then in effect in accordance with the terms of such programs. (d) Voluntary Termination by Executive. In the event that Executive's employment with the Company is voluntarily terminated by Executive other than for Good Reason, Executive shall be paid his unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination and the amount of any unpaid Bonus to which Executive had become entitled under the Bonus Plan prior to the effective date of such termination, and the Company shall have no further obligation hereunder from and after the effective date of termination and the Company shall have all other rights and remedies available under this Agreement or any other agreement and at law or in equity. Executive shall give the Company at least 30 days' advance written notice of his intention to terminate his employment hereunder. (e) Termination on Account of Disability. To the extent not prohibited by The Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 or Chapter 613 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, if, as a result of Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness (as determined in good faith by a physician acceptable to the Company and Executive), Executive shall have been absent from the full-time performance of his duties with the Company for 120 consecutive days during any twelve (12) month period or if a physician acceptable to the Company advises the Company that it is likely that Executive will be unable to return to the full- time performance of his duties for 120 consecutive days during the succeeding twelve (12) month period, his employment may be terminated for "Disability." During any period that Executive fails to perform his full-time duties with the Company as a result of incapacity due to physical or mental illness, he shall continue to receive his Base Salary, Bonus and other benefits provided hereunder, together with all compensation payable to him under the Company's disability plan or program or other similar plan during such period, until Executive's employment hereunder is terminated pursuant to this Section 5(e). Thereafter, Executive's benefits shall be determined under the Company's retirement, insurance, and other compensation and benefit plans and programs then in effect, in accordance with the terms of such programs. 6. Confidential Information, Non-Solicitation and Non- Competition. (a) During the Term of Employment and for three (3) years thereafter, Executive shall not, except as may be re- quired to perform his duties hereunder or as required by applicable law, disclose to others or use, whether directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information regarding the Company. "Confidential Information" shall mean information about the Company, its subsidiaries and affiliates, and their respective clients and customers that is not available to the general public and that was learned by Executive in the course of his employment by the Company, including (without limitation) any proprietary knowledge, trade secrets, data, formulae, information, and client and customer lists and all papers, resumes, records (including computer records) and the documents containing such Confidential Information. Executive acknowledges that such Confidential Information is specialized, unique in nature and of great value to the Company, and that such information gives the Company a competitive advantage. Upon the termination of his employment for any reason whatsoever, Executive shall promptly deliver to the Company all documents, computer tapes and disks (and all copies thereof) containing any Confidential Information. (b) During the period that Executive is receiving payments under this Agreement (which Executive may elect to terminate at any time), Executive shall not, directly or indirectly in any manner or capacity (e.g., as an advisor, principal, agent, partner, officer, director, shareholder, employee, member of any association or otherwise) engage in, work for, consult, provide advice or assistance or otherwise participate in any activity which is competitive with the business of the Company in any geographic area in which the Company is now or shall then be doing business. Executive further agrees that during such period he will not assist or encourage any other person in carrying out any activity that would be prohibited by the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 if such activity were carried out by Executive and, in particular, Executive agrees that he will not induce any employee of the Company to carry out any such activity; provided, however, that the "beneficial ownership" by Executive, either individually or as a member of a "group," as such terms are used in Rule 13d of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, of not more than five percent (5%) of the voting stock of any publicly held corporation shall not be a violation of this Agreement. It is further expressly agreed that the Company will or would suffer irreparable injury if Executive were to compete with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company in violation of this Agreement and that the Company would by reason of such competition be entitled to injunctive relief in a court of appropriate jurisdiction, and Executive further consents and stipulates to the entry of such injunctive relief in such a court prohibiting Executive from competing with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company in violation of this Agreement. (c) During the Term of Employment and for three (3) years thereafter, Executive shall not, directly or indirectly, influence or attempt to influence customers or suppliers of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, to divert their business to any competitor of the Company. (d) Executive recognizes that he will possess confidential information about other employees of the Company relating to their education, experience, skills, abilities, compensation and benefits, and interpersonal relationships with customers of the Company. Executive recognizes that the information he will possess about these other employees is not generally known, is of substantial value to the Company in developing its business and in securing and retaining customers, and will be acquired by him because of his business position with the Company. Executive agrees that, during the Term of Employment, and for a period of three (3) years thereafter, he will not, directly or indirectly, solicit or recruit any employee of the Company for the purpose of being employed by him or by any competitor of the Company on whose behalf he is acting as an agent, representative or employee and that he will not convey any such confidential information or trade secrets about other employees of the Company to any other person. (e) If it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in any state that any restriction in this Section 6 is excessive in duration or scope or is unreasonable or unenforceable under the laws of that state, it is the intention of the parties that such restriction may be modified or amended by the court to render it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by the law of that state. 7. No Offset - No Mitigation. Executive shall not be required to mitigate damages under this Agreement by seeking other comparable employment. The amount of any payment or bene- fit provided for in this Agreement, including welfare benefits, shall not be reduced by any compensation or benefits earned by or provided to him as the result of employment by another employer, except as provided otherwise in Section 5(a) with respect to health and insurance benefits provided during the Salary Continuation Period. 8. Designated Beneficiary. In the event of the death of Executive while in the employ of the Company, or at any time thereafter during which amounts remain payable to Executive under Section 5, such payments (other than the right to continuation of welfare benefits) shall thereafter be made to such person or persons as Executive may specifically designate (successively or contingently) to receive payments under this Agreement following Executive's death by filing a written beneficiary designation with the Company during Executive's lifetime. Such beneficiary designation shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Company and may be amended from time to time or may be revoked by Executive pursuant to written instruments filed with the Company during his lifetime. Beneficiaries designated by Executive may be any natural or legal person or persons, including a fiduciary, such as a trustee or a trust or the legal representative of an estate. Unless otherwise provided by the beneficiary designation filed by Executive, if all of the persons so designated die before Executive on the occurrence of a contingency not contem- plated in such beneficiary designation, then the amounts payable under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive's estate. 9. Taxes. All payments to be made to Executive under this Agreement will be subject to any applicable withholding of federal, state and local income and employment taxes. 10. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall also be subject to the following miscellaneous considerations: (a) Executive and the Company each represent and warrant to the other that he or it has the authorization, power and right to deliver, execute, and fully perform his or its obligations under this Agreement in accordance with its terms. (b) This Agreement contains a complete statement of all the arrangements between the parties with respect to Executive's employment by the Company, this Agreement supersedes all prior and existing negotiations and agreements between the parties concerning Executive's employment, and this Agreement can only be changed or modified pursuant to a written instrument duly executed by each of the parties hereto. (c) If any provision of this Agreement or any portion thereof is declared invalid, illegal, or incapable of being enforced by any court of competent jurisdiction, the remainder of such provisions and all of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. (d) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Nevada, except to the extent governed by federal law. (e) The Company may assign this Agreement to any direct or indirect subsidiary or parent of the Company or joint venture in which the Company has an interest, or any successor (whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the stock, assets or business of the Company and this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of such successors and assigns. Except as expressly pro- vided herein, Executive may not sell, transfer, assign, or pledge any of his rights or interests pursuant to this Agreement. (f) Any rights of Executive hereunder shall be in addition to any rights Executive may otherwise have under benefit plans, agreements, or arrangements of the Company to which he is a party or in which he is a participant, including, but not limited to, any Company-sponsored employee benefit plans. Provi- sions of this Agreement shall not in any way abrogate Executive's rights under such other plans, agreements, or arrangements. (g) For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by United States certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the named Executive at the address set forth below under his signature; provided that all notices to the Company shall be directed to the attention of the Board with a copy to the Secre- tary of the Company, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. (h) Section headings in this Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Agreement for any other purpose. (i) Failure to insist upon strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants, or conditions hereof shall not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant, or condition, nor shall any waiver or relinquishment of, or failure to insist upon strict compliance with, any right or power hereunder at any one or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such right or power at any other time or times. (j) This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. 11. Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration, conducted before a panel of three arbitrators in Las Vegas, Nevada in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. The Company and Executive hereby agree that the arbitrator will not have the authority to award punitive damages, damages for emotional distress or any other damages that are not contractual in nature. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that the Company shall be entitled to seek a restraining order or injunction in any court of competent jurisdiction to prevent any continuation of any violation of the provisions of Section 6, and Executive consents that such restraining order or injunction may be granted without the necessity of the Company's posting any bond except to the extent otherwise required by applicable law. The expense of such arbitration shall be borne by the Company. 12. Attorneys' Fees. Should either party hereto or their successors retain counsel for the purpose of enforcing, or preventing the breach of, any provision hereof, including, but not limited to, by instituting any action or proceeding in arbitration or a court to enforce any provision hereof or to enjoin a breach of any provision of this Agreement, or for a declaration of such party's rights or obligations under the Agreement, or for any other remedy, whether in arbitration or in a court of law, then the successful party shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the other party for all costs and expenses incurred thereby, including, but not limited to, reasonable fees and ex- penses of attorneys and expert witnesses, including costs of appeal. If such successful party shall recover judgment in any such action or proceeding, such costs, expenses and fees may be included in and as part of such judgment. The successful party shall be the party who is entitled to recover his costs of suit, whether or not the suit proceeds to final judgment. If no costs are awarded, the successful party shall be determined by the arbitrator or court, as the case may be. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written. EXECUTIVE COMPANY DANIEL N. COPP CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. By: By: Title: Senior Vice President-Corporate Title: Communications Address: EX-10 7 Exhibit 10(rr) AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT by and between CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC., a Nevada corporation (hereinafter, the "Company"), and DANIEL N. COPP (hereinafter, "COPP") is entered into this 15 day of April, 1996. WHEREAS, COPP desires to tender his resignation as Senior Vice President, and from all other positions with the Company or its subsidiaries, in anticipation of his termination of employment with the Company; and WHEREAS, COPP and the Company desire to enter into an agreement providing for COPP to provide consultation to the Company concerning such matters as the Chairman of the Board or his designee may determine. NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows: 1. COPP shall resign his position as Senior Vice President on May 31, 1996. The Company and COPP agree that effective May 31, 1996, the Employment Agreement previously entered into by COPP and the Company on June 1, 1995, shall terminate and be of no further force and effect and that the terms and conditions of the relationship between the parties shall thereafter be governed solely by this Agreement. Beginning on June 1, 1996, COPP agrees to provide consultation to the Company with respect to such matters as the Chairman of the Board may determine until May 31, 1997, or until COPP s earlier termination of employment as provided in this Section 1 (such period of consultation being hereinafter referred to as the "Term" and the date on which such period of consultation ends being referred to as the "Termination Date"). Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, COPP shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by giving at least ten (10) days prior written notice to the Company. Such notice shall be sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be addressed to Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., Attention: Mike Sloan, General Counsel, 2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109. The Company agrees COPP shall receive his regular salary and accrued bonus through May 31, 1996, payable at such time as bonuses are generally paid for the second quarter of 1996. 2. In consideration for his services pursuant to this Agreement, COPP shall be compensated during the Term at the same rate as the salary and bonus payable pursuant to the Employment Agreement entered into between the Company and COPP dated June 1, 1995, less such amounts as the Company shall deduct for applicable federal and state withholding, income, payroll and other taxes. 3. During the Term, COPP shall be entitled to receive Company paid or provided health and medical benefits at the level of coverage available immediately prior to his resignation as Senior Vice President of the Company, it being the intention of the parties that the Company shall not be required to provide benefits not currently available under the Company's existing insurance program. The Company and COPP agree that upon the expiration of the Term, COPP is entitled to receive certain benefits pursuant to the federal law commonly known as COBRA, and COPP acknowledges that it shall be his sole obligation to pay for such benefits following the expiration of the Term (the "Termination Date"). COPP acknowledges that his failure to make such payments in a timely fashion may result in suspension or termination of such benefits. 4. Prior to the expiration of the Term, COPP shall be entitled (I) to exercise such rights under any stock options held by him on the date hereof in accordance with and subject to the terms, conditions and limitations applicable to such options in general, as determined by the Committee which administers the plan(s) pursuant to which such options were granted, including any right of reset as to price which may be provided to any other holders of such options, (ii) to receive any benefits to which he may be entitled pursuant to the Circus Circus Employees' Profit Sharing, Investment and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan") in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan, and (iii) to receive the benefits of any indemnification provisions under the Company's By-Laws or otherwise provided by law applicable to his service as an officer, director or employee of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company through the Termination Date. 5. COPP represents and warrants to the Company that other than as required in order to perform his duties pursuant to this Agreement, he is not in possession of any documents containing the Company's internal financial information, wage and salary information, customer information, managerial reports, or other information which is not available to the general public from the Company's filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 6. In further consideration of the agreements and undertakings of the Company pursuant hereto: (a) COPP agrees that, until May 31, 1997 or the Termination Date, whichever is later, he will not, without the prior written consent of the Company (which may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Company), directly or indirectly, as principal or as agent, officer, director, employee, or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person or entity, carry on, be engaged in, render services to, or own, share in the earnings of, or invest in any person or entity engaged in gaming within the State of Nevada provided, however, that this subsection 6(a) shall not prohibit him from owning publicly traded securities acquired for investment purposes, so long as the securities of any class owned by him do not represent in excess of 5% of all the securities of such class then issued and outstanding or from owning an interest in one or more restricted gaming locations. (b) Other than as required in order to perform his duties pursuant to this Agreement, COPP shall not at any time during the Term or at any time after the Termination Date disclose, communicate or divulge to any person, or use for the direct or indirect benefit of himself or any other person or entity, any secret or confidential information of the Company made known to, or learned or acquired by, him while an employee of the Company which is a trade secret or proprietary to the Company (such as supplier lists, proprietary computer programs, employee information and relations, Project plans and financial information), unless and until (I) such information shall have first become public knowledge otherwise than by his violation of his duty of confidentiality to the Company, or (ii) he is compelled to disclose such information by order of a court of competent jurisdiction or by a state or governmental body or agency having proper jurisdiction over such matters. COPP further agrees that he shall promptly notify the Chairman of the Board of the Company in writing of any proceeding by any court or governmental body or agency pursuant to which he may be required to disclose or otherwise divulge any information otherwise prohibited by this subsection 6(b) promptly upon his learning of such proceeding. 7. (a) In consideration of the agreements and undertakings of the Company pursuant hereto, COPP hereby releases and forever discharges the Company, its subsidiaries, and each of their respective stockholders, agents, directors, officers, employees and each such party's successors, heirs and assigns, from any and all claims, demands, actions or causes of action of any and every kind whatsoever, in law or in equity, known or unknown, whether existing or claimed to exist, which he has, has had, or may hereafter have, and which arise out of his employment or tenure with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in any capacity whatsoever (including but not limited to any and all claims arising out of alleged violations of any express or implied contracts, any covenant of good faith and fair dealing, any tort, or any federal, state, or municipal statute, regulation, or ordinance, including Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, and the Nevada Fair Employment Practices Act), other than any such claim or cause of action based on the Company's breach of this Agreement. COPP further covenants not to file suit on account of any cause or claim waived or released by him pursuant to this Section 7. (b) In consideration of COPP's execution of this Agreement and the promises of COPP contained herein, the Company hereby releases and forever discharges COPP and his heirs and assigns from any and all claims, demands, actions or causes of action of any and every kind whatsoever, in law or in equity, known or unknown, whether existing or claimed to exist, which the Company has, has had or may hereafter have, and which arise out of COPP's employment or tenure with the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in any capacity whatsoever, except any such claim or cause of action (I) arising out of any criminal or fraudulent act or willful misconduct on the part of COPP, or (ii) based on COPP's breach of any provision of this Agreement. The Company further covenants not to file suit on account of any cause or claim waived or released by the Company pursuant to this Section 7. 8. COPP declares and represents that no promise, inducement, or agreement not herein expressed has been made to him, that this Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties hereto; that the terms of this Agreement are contractual and not a mere recital; and, that COPP is not only of legal age, but legally competent to execute this Agreement and accepts full responsibility therefor. For a period of sixty (60) days from the Termination Date, COPP agrees to promptly execute any and all documents which the Company may request in connection herewith and in furtherance of this Agreement. 9. This Agreement is being executed by the parties in, and shall be construed in accordance with the laws of, the State of Nevada. 10. The Company and COPP have read the foregoing Agreement, have had the opportunity to consider its terms and the opportunity to consult with their respective counsel, understand all of its terms, and do hereby execute it voluntarily and with full knowledge of its significance. This Agreement shall be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors, heirs and assigns. ATTEST: CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. a Nevada Corporation _____________________________ By:____________________________ SECRETARY CLYDE T. TURNER Chairman of the Board WITNESS: _____________________________ _______________________________ DANIEL N. COPP EX-10 8 Exhibit 10(ww) FOURTH AMENDMENT TO JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT OF ELGIN RIVERBOAT RESORT This Fourth Amendment ( Amendment ) to Joint Venture Agreement is made and entered into as of the 28th of February, 1996, by and among Nevada Landing Partnership, an Illinois general partnership ( Nevada Group ), and RBG, L.P., an Illinois limited partnership ( Illinois Group ). WITNESSETH: WHEREAS, the Nevada Group and the Illinois Group (hereinafter each sometimes referred to as Partner and collectively as Partners ) have heretofore entered into that certain Joint Venture Agreement dated as of December 18, 1992, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement dated July 15, 1993 and that certain Second Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement dated as of October 6, 1994, and that certain Second Amendment to Joint Venture Agreement (in reality, the Third Amendment) dated as of June 1, 1995, (hereinafter said Joint Venture Agreements as amended, the Original Agreement ). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Original Agreement; WHEREAS, the Nevada Group desires, from time to time, to appoint certain employees of the Nevada Group or its Affiliates to devote essentially full time to the management of the Grand Victoria Riverboat for the benefit of the Joint Venture and to induce such employees to accept the appointments by retaining such employees on the payroll of the Nevada Group, or its Affiliate, so that the employee may continue to receive all the benefits of such employment, including participation in health plans, retirement plans and stock option plans, and in such circumstances, the Nevada Group desires to be reimbursed by the Joint Venture for the out-of- pocket compensation paid to such employee engaged in providing services to the Joint Venture on a full-time basis; and WHEREAS, the Partners desire to amend the Original Agreement as hereinafter provided to permit such appointment of employees of the Nevada Group and its Affiliates and to provide for the reimbursement of the Nevada Group and its Affiliates for such costs; NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the agreements contained herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows: Section 1. Reimbursement for Costs and Expenses. 1.1 Section 7.3 of the Original Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following new Section 7.3 is substituted therefor: 7.3 Reimbursement for Costs and Expenses. The Committee shall fix the amounts, if any, by which the Joint Venture will reimburse each Partner for all costs and expenses incurred by such Partner on behalf and for the benefit of the Joint Venture; provided, however, that no overhead or general administrative expenses of either Partner or its Affiliates shall be allocated to the operation of the Joint Venture, and no salaries, fees, commission or other compensation shall be paid by the Joint Venture to any Affiliate of any Partner or to any officer or employee of either Partner or its Affiliates for any of the services rendered to the Joint Venture except as may be provided by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Partner or its Affiliate shall promptly notify the Committee, and shall be reimbursed for the out- of-pocket compensation (e.g. salary, bonus, direct cost of health and retirement benefits, but not costs of any stock options) paid to any employee of a Partner or its Affiliate who is engaged in providing services to the Joint Venture on a full-time basis, provided that the appointment of such employee has otherwise been approved by the Committee, if required. The terms of any benefits offered to such employees (including, without limitation, the terms of any health, disability or retirement plans, or the terms of any option grants) shall be determined solely by the Partner or Affiliate which employs the employee, provided that both Partners must approve the terms of any benefits if such benefits are, taken as a whole, materially more favorable to the employee than those offered to employees of the Partner of Affiliate with similar duties. Section 2. No Other Changes. Except as otherwise expressly provided, all the terms and provisions of the Original Agreement shall continue in full force and effect. In the event any of the provisions of this Amendment shall be inconsistent, or be in conflict, with any of the provisions of the Original Agreement, the provisions of this Amendment shall prevail. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Amendment as of the date first written above. RBG, L.P., an Illinois limited partnership, NEVADA LANDING PARTNERSHIP, by its general partner an Illinois general partnership, by a general partner thereof By: HCCA CORPORATION, By: Gold Strike Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation a Nevada corporation By:________________________ By:_________________________ Richard L. Schulze, David R. Belding, Vice President President EX-10 9 Exhibit 10(fff) AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT OF VICTORIA PARTNERS This Amendment No. 3 to Joint Venture Agreement of Victoria Partners (the Amendment ), dated as of February 28, 1996, is entered into with reference to the Joint Venture Agreement of Victoria Partners, dated as of December 9, 1994, as amended by Amendment No. 1 thereto dated as of April 17, 1995, and Amendment No. 2 thereto dated as of September 25, 1995 (as so amended, the Joint Venture Agreement ), by and between MRGS Corp., a Nevada corporation ( MR Sub ), and Gold Strike L.V., a Nevada general partnership ( Gold Strike ). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Amendment are used with the meanings set forth for such terms in the Joint Venture Agreement. PREAMBLE WHEREAS, MR Sub and Gold Strike desire to amend certain terms and provisions of the Joint Venture Agreement as provided herein, and in all other respects to confirm the terms and provisions of the Joint Venture Agreement. NOW, THEREFORE, MR Sub and Gold Strike agree as follows: 1. Amendment to Section 9.5. The following is hereby added after the third and before the fourth sentences of Section 9.5 of the Joint Venture Agreement: The Managing Venturer may appoint, from time to time, certain employees of the Managing Venture or its Affiliates to devote essentially full time to the management of the Facility and retain such employees on its payroll. In such event, the Joint Venture shall reimburse the Managing Venturer or its Affiliate for the out-of-pocket compensation (e.g., salary, bonus, direct cost of health and retirement benefit plans) paid to such employee for performing services to the Joint Venture on a full time basis. The terms of any benefits offered to such an employee (including, without limitation, health benefit plans, retirement plans, stock option grants) shall be in the sole discretion of the Managing Venturer or its Affiliate. 2. Confirmation. In all other respects, the terms and provisions of the Joint Venture Agreement are hereby confirmed and shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect. [Signature page to follow] IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written. MRGS CORP., a Nevada corporation By:______________________________ Daniel R. Lee Chief Financial Officer GOLD STRIKE L.V., a Nevada general partnership By: M.S.E. Investments, Incorporated, a Nevada corporation, Its: general partner By:___________________________ Michael S. Ensign President EX-10 10 Exhibit 10(ggg) CONSULTING AGREEMENT between CIRCUS CIRCUS CASINOS, INC. and LAKEVIEW COMPANY ARTICLE I - Definitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1.1 Affiliate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1.2 Annual Consulting Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1.3 Lakeview.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1.4 Circus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 1.5 Commission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.6 Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.7 Effective Rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.8 Force Majeure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.9 General Manager. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.10 Impositions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.11 Insurance Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.12 Legal Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 1.13 Operating Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 1.14 Operating Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 1.15 Out-of-Pocket Costs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 1.16 Resort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 1.17 Resort Standard. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 1.18 Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 1.19 Terminating Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 ARTICLE II - Term. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 2.1 Initial Operating Term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 ARTICLE III - Operation of the Resort. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 3.1 Use and Standard of Operation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 3.2 Personnel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 3.3 Bank Accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3.4 Working Capital and Inventories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3.5 Lakeview to Bear All Operating Expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3.6 License, Permits and Other Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 ARTICLE IV - Repairs and Alterations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 4.1 Repairs and Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 4.2 Emergency Repairs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6 ARTICLE V - Consulting Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5.1 Annual Consulting Fee. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 5.2 Time and Manner of Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 ARTICLE VI - Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 6.1 Insurance to Be Maintained During Term . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 6.2 Endorsements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 6.3 Parties Insured. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8 6.4 Waiver of Subrogation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 6.5 Blanket Insurance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 ARTICLE VII - Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9 7.1 Termination Based Upon Events of Default . . . . . . . . . . . .9 7.2 Certain Rights on Termination. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 ARTICLE VIII - Right to Perform Covenants of Defaulting Party. . . . . . 11 ARTICLE IX - Destruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 9.1 Substantial Damages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 9.2 Partial Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ARTICLE X - Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 10.1 Assignment by Circus. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 ARTICLE XI - Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 11.1 Approvals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 11.2 No Waiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 11.3 Successors and Assigns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 11.4 Circus Right to Close Resort . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 11.5 Indemnification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 11.6 Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11.7 Amendments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11.8 Entire Agreement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11.9 Applicable Law. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 11.10 Extensions for Force Majeure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11.11 Time. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11.12 Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11.13 Relationship. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11.14 Attorneys Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11.15 Construction and Interpretation . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 11.16 Counterparts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 CONSULTING AGREEMENT THIS CONSULTING AGREEMENT ( Agreement ) is entered into as of June 1, 1995 (the Effective Date ) between CIRCUS CIRCUS CASINOS, INC., a Nevada corporation ( Circus ) and LAKEVIEW COMPANY, a Nevada general partnership ( Lakeview ). R E C I T A L S: This Agreement is entered into upon the basis of the following facts, understandings and intentions of the parties: A. Capitalized terms used in these Recitals shall have the meaning ascribed to them elsewhere in this Agreement. B. Lakeview desires to secure and retain, and Circus is prepared to provide to Lakeview, consulting services in the management of the Resort for the account of Lakeview, all upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement. C. Lakeview and Circus desire to enter into this Agreement and to set out their understandings with respect to the management of the Resort. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the mutual covenants and promises herein contained and the receipt of other valuable consideration which is acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows: ARTICLE I Definitions This Agreement uses the following defined terms: 1.1 Affiliate. With respect to a specified person or entity, any person or entity who directly or indirectly controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with the specified person or entity; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement, Lakeview shall not be deemed an Affiliate of Circus. 1.2 Annual Consulting Fee. As defined in Section 6.1. 1.3 Lakeview. As defined in the Preamble. 1.4 Circus. As defined in the Preamble. 1.5 Commission. The Nevada Gaming Commission and any other governmental authorities with the responsibility of regulating and licensing gaming activities in the State of Nevada. 1.6 Compensation. With respect to a specified person, such person s salary (including payroll taxes) or other compensation, including annual bonuses and fringe benefits payable to or with respect to the employees of Circus or its Affiliates, prorated where applicable to take into account the portion of such employees time devoted or allocated to providing such services; provided, however, that the term compensation shall not include salaries or fringe benefits paid or payable to the executive officers of Circus or its Affiliates. 1.7 Effective Rate. A rate of interest per annum of two percent (2%) above the prime rate of Bank of America, N.T. & S.A. on the date the determination is made, for its most creditworthy commercial customers not to exceed, however, the highest rate of interest then allowable under the usury laws of the State of Nevada, as modified by any federal preemption, such rate of interest to be determined as of the last business day of each month included in any period for which interest is charged hereunder, such adjustment to take effect on the first day of the succeeding month. 1.8 Force Majeure. Strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, fire, flood, earthquake or other casualty, pestilence, war, civil strike, riot, embargo, inability to procure or general shortages of labor or materials in the open market, governmental restrictions, emergency acts, or any other circumstances or cause beyond the reasonable control of Lakeview or Circus, whichever shall be applicable. 1.9 General Manager. The person employed or assigned to manage the Resort. 1.10 Impositions. All taxes, assessments, water, sewer or other rents, rates and charges, levies, license fees, permit fees, inspection fees, and any other charges assessed or imposed on or with respect to the Resort or the operations conducted at the Resort. 1.11 Insurance Requirements. All terms of each insurance policy and all orders, rules, regulations and other requirements of the National Board of Fire Underwriters applicable to the Resort (including any portion or department thereof) or the construction, furnishing, equipping or operation thereof; but excluding recommendations of the insurance carriers. 1.12 Legal Requirements. All laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, permits, licenses, authorizations, directions and requirements of all government and governmental authorities (including, without limitation, the Commission and all appropriate alcoholic beverage control authorities) and public utilities which now or hereafter may be applicable to the Resort (including any portion or department thereof) or the construction, furnishing, equipping or operation thereof or to Circus in its performance of the Agreement. 1.13 Operating Accounts. As defined in Section 3.3. 1.14 Operating Year. Each fiscal year of Lakeview (January 1 - December 31) included in the Term, except that the first Operating Year shall commence as of the date hereof and shall end on December 31, 1995 , and the last Operating Year shall end on the last day of the Term, unless sooner terminated pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement. 1.15 Out-of-Pocket Costs. All reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Circus or its Affiliates in connection with any services rendered by Circus or its Affiliates, and reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by employees of Circus or its Affiliates in connection with any services rendered hereunder by Circus or its Affiliates; provided, however, that the term Out-of- Pocket shall not include the Compensation of executive officers of Circus or its Affiliates. 1.16 Resort. The property commonly known as The Gold Strike Inn and Casino near Boulder City, in the unincorporated area of Clark County, Nevada. 1.17 Resort Standard. The operations of the Resort and the repair and maintenance of the facilities constituting the Resort shall be maintained in accordance with the following standard, which is referred to herein as the Resort Standard : (i) with respect to the maintenance and repair of the physical plant, the standard shall be the level of condition, quality, and finish that exists as of the date of this Agreement (subject only to Force Majeure); and (ii) with respect to the operations of each element of the Resort, consistent with the historic operation of the Resort, and with the same diligence, quality and care, as Circus currently operates its existing casino and hotel operations in Nevada (without depletion of adequate levels of supplies, inventory, and consumables to continue operations at the required level) and without depleting supplies, inventories or consumables. 1.18 Term. As defined in Section 2.1. 1.19 Terminating Event. The date on which all of the shareholders, executive officers and directors of the corporations which are partners of Lakeview cease to be members of the Board of Directors or executive officers of Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. or an Affiliate. ARTICLE II Term 2.1 Initial Operating Term. This Agreement shall commence on June 1, 1995 and shall continue until a Terminating Event, or the termination of this Agreement pursuant to any other provision hereof. ARTICLE III Operation of the Resort 3.1 Use and Standard of Operation. 3.1.1 Circus shall provide executive level management and direction to Lakeview, performing all of the functions and providing all of the direction that would otherwise be provided at a Circus property by management personnel above the levels of General Manager and Controller. Lakeview shall use the Resort solely for the operation of a casino and hotel business. 3.1.2 The Resort shall be operated as an independent resort using the name Gold Strike Inn & Casino in such a manner and organization that Lakeview, through its employees, is fully staffed, trained and equipped to conduct all of the operations necessary to operate the Resort to the Resort Standard, subject to the executive level management services provided by Circus. Circus shall use reasonable efforts to maintain this level of independent operation of Lakeview such that at the end of the Term, Lakeview shall be fully staffed, trained and equipped to continue the operations of the Resort pursuant to the Resort Standard, needing only alternative executive management to oversee and direct the activities of the General Manager and the other employees of Lakeview. 3.1.3 Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1 or elsewhere in this Agreement to the contrary, Circus shall be excused from its obligation to operate the Resort in conformity with the Resort Standard: (i) to the extent and whenever Circus shall be prevented from compliance with such standard by Force Majeure; (ii) to the extent of any material breach by Lakeview of any provision hereof which prevents compliance by Circus of any provision hereof which prevents compliance with such standard; (iii) to the extent and whenever there are insufficient funds of Lakeview available for Circus to expend with respect to the Resort; (iv) to the extent inconsistent with the direction of any director or senior officer of Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. or its Affiliates, who holds a position with Lakeview or is a shareholder, director or officer of a corporate partner of Lakeview, and (v) to the extent required to comply with legal requirements. 3.2 Personnel. 3.2.1 Circus may, with the consent of Lakeview, assign one or more of the employees of Circus or one of its Affiliates to the Resort on a temporary basis. Lakeview shall reimburse Circus for the Compensation and Out-of-Pocket Expenses of such employees, which shall be reasonable for the services rendered or to be rendered; provided, however, that Lakeview shall not be liable to reimburse Circus for any Compensation given to the executive officers of Circus or its Affiliates, whether or not they render services to Lakeview, it being the agreement that the Annual Consulting Fee is intended to provide compensation to Circus or its Affiliates for the services rendered by its executive officers pursuant to this Agreement. 3.2.2 Circus shall, as directed by Lakeview, negotiate and make agreements with labor unions, if any employees are union members. 3.3 Bank Accounts. Lakeview shall deposit all moneys advanced by Lakeview as working capital in a bank or banks selected by Lakeview, and in accounts bearing the name of Lakeview ( Operating Accounts ). Lakeview shall deposit all moneys received from the operations of the Resort in the Operating Accounts. The General Manager and the shareholders of the corporate partners of Lakeview shall have signing authority over the Operating Accounts. Funds in the Operating Accounts shall be used to pay all costs and expenses incurred in connection with the operation of the Resort including all amounts required to perform Circus obligations hereunder and all payments due to Circus for services performed under this Agreement. 3.4 Working Capital and Inventories. Lakeview shall be solely responsible for providing sufficient funds, inventories and supplies for the operation of the Resort. At all times, sufficient funds shall be on hand in the Operating Accounts to assure the timely payment of all costs and expenses incurred in connection with opening, operation, maintenance and repair of the Resort (including all fees, charges and reimbursements payable to Circus and its Affiliates and their employees hereunder). Such working capital shall include, without limitation, amounts sufficient to satisfy applicable law and amounts sufficient for maintenance of change and petty cash funds and operating bank accounts, payrolls, prepaid expenses and funds required to maintain inventory, operating supplies and operating equipment. 3.5 Lakeview to Bear All Operating Expenses. In performing its duties hereunder during the Term, Circus shall act solely for the account of and as agent of Lakeview. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all expenses incurred by Circus, its Affiliates or their employees pursuant to this Agreement shall be borne exclusively by Lakeview. Circus, its Affiliates or their employees shall be reimbursed for all Compensation (except Compensation of Circus executive officers) and Out-of-Pocket Expenses reasonably incurred in rendering services to the Resort. Circus, its Affiliates and their employees shall in no event be required under this Agreement to advance any of its funds for the operation of the Resort, nor shall Circus, any of its Affiliates or their employees be required to incur any liability in connection therewith unless Lakeview shall have furnished Circus with funds necessary for the discharge thereof. Circus shall have the right, but not the obligation: (i) to advance funds in payment of any expenses of the Resort, capital expenditures or any other expenditures which Lakeview is obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) to take any action on behalf of Lakeview which Lakeview is obligated to take under this Agreement. If Circus pays any amount out of its own funds or takes any such action under the foregoing sentence, Lakeview shall repay Circus on demand all amounts so expended, with interest thereon at the Effective Rate from the date of expenditure by Circus to the date of repayment by Lakeview. The obligation of Lakeview under this Section 3.5 shall not be affected by any termination of this Agreement. 3.6 License, Permits and Other Documents. During the Term, Lakeview shall make, execute and deliver any and all applications and other documents and shall otherwise cooperate to the fullest extent with Circus in applying for, obtaining and maintaining all required approvals, licenses and permits applicable to (or in any manner relating to) the Resort, the ownership and operation thereof, or the operation conducted at the Resort. Lakeview shall have the obligation during the Term to obtain and maintain all such approvals, licenses and permits, and nothing contained herein shall be construed to limit or diminish such obligation of Lakeview. Lakeview shall also make, execute and deliver such agreements, contracts, leases, applications, verifications, instruments and other documents desirable or required in connection with the operation of the Resort. Lakeview shall cooperate fully with Circus, in connection with Circus exercise of the rights and performance of the obligations set forth in this Article III. ARTICLE IV Repairs and Alterations 4.1 Repairs and Maintenance. Lakeview shall care for the Resort in the same good order and condition and make all repairs necessary in order to comply with the Resort Standard and keep the Resort in the condition existing as of the commencement date of this Agreement. Lakeview shall make all alterations required for the proper maintenance and operation of the Resort in accordance with the Resort Standard. 4.2 Emergency Repairs. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, if Circus shall, at any time, reasonably believe that (i) a dangerous condition exists at the Resort; (ii) repairs or alterations are required to comply with any applicable Legal Requirements or Insurance Requirements; or (iii) expenditures are required to eliminate a dangerous condition or to prevent further property damage arising out of fire, act of God, flood, earthquake or other casualty or other emergency, Circus may, but shall not be obligated to, cause and direct the employees of Lakeview to take all steps and make, at the expense of Lakeview, without Lakeview s prior approval if such approval cannot be timely obtained with reasonable effort, all reasonable expenditures necessary to cure such condition or make such repairs or alterations, or which are otherwise so required. Lakeview shall immediately, and in no case later than fourteen (14) days after notice from Circus, provide Circus with all funds required in connection with Circus performance of emergency repairs pursuant to this Section 4.2. Circus shall notify Lakeview as soon as reasonably practicable of any such emergency condition or situation but shall not incur any liability to Lakeview on account of its failure to provide such notification. ARTICLE V Consulting Fee 5.1 Annual Consulting Fee. For each Operating Year Circus shall be paid One Hundred Twenty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($120,000.00) for its consulting services hereunder (the Annual Consulting Fee ). If any Operating Year is less than twelve (12) calendar months or if an Annual Consulting Fee is paid with respect to a portion of an Operating Year, the Annual Consulting Fee shall be prorated to reflect the number of days actually contained in such Operating Year for which payment is being made. Circus retains the right to renegotiate the Annual Consulting Fee to the extent that the executive level management services to be provided by Circus or the salaries of those employees of Circus providing such services exceed the levels currently contemplated by Circus and Lakeview. In the event Circus shall recommend an increase in the amount of the Annual Consulting Fee, it shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement in accordance with Section 7.1.3 if Lakeview shall not consent to the increase within five (5) days following receipt of such recommendation. 5.2 Time and Manner of Payment. 5.2.1 The Annual Management Fee shall be earned on a monthly basis during the Term and shall be due and payable on the last day of each month. ARTICLE VI Insurance 6.1 Insurance to Be Maintained During Term. Lakeview shall procure and maintain, at no cost to Circus, for the account of Circus and Lakeview, the insurance described below with respect to the Resort with responsible, financially sound and properly licensed companies. 6.1.1 Commercial general liability insurance (including property damage, personal injury, liquor law liability, innkeeper s legal liability, advertising liability; automobile liability with respect to owned and non-owned vehicles; and garage liability and garage keeper s legal liability), with limits equal to customary limits on similar properties, but not less than $10,000,000 (or such greater amount reasonably requested in writing by Circus), combined single limit coverage for personal injury or death and for damage to property resulting from any occurrence. Such policies shall be specifically endorsed to provide that the insurance will be deemed primary. 6.1.2 All risk insurance against fire and other risks included in the broad form extended coverage endorsement (including earthquake and flood coverage if available on commercially reasonable terms), insuring all real and personal property, in an amount not less than the full replacement cost value of the improvements to the Resort, such insurance to be written on a stipulated or agreed amount basis. 6.1.3 Insurance on the Resort against loss or damage from an accident to and/or caused by boilers, heating apparatus, sprinklers, pressure vessels, pressure pipes, electrical or air conditioning equipment, in such reasonable amount as Lakeview shall deem advisable, or such greater amount as reasonably requested in writing by Circus. 6.1.4 Business interruption insurance against the perils enumerated in Sections 6.1.2 and 6.1.3, in amounts reasonably determined by Lakeview, to the extent such business interruption insurance is available on commercially reasonable terms. 6.1.5 Workers compensation, employer s liability and similar insurance as may be required by law or as Lakeview shall deem advisable, or such greater amount as reasonably requested in writing by Circus. 6.1.6 Additional insurance required by Lakeview or any permitted mortgagee of the Resort. All such policies of insurance described above shall be in the form of occurrence insurance to the extent available on commercially reasonable terms. Lakeview shall provide Circus, upon written request, with duplicates of all insurance policies, as well as certificates of insurance for each policy maintained hereunder. 6.2 Endorsements. Each policy of insurance provided for in this Article VII shall have attached thereto: (i) an endorsement that such policy shall not be canceled or materially changed without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lakeview and Circus; and (ii) an endorsement to the effect that no action or omission of a party hereto shall affect the obligation of the insurer to pay the full amount of any loss sustained to the other party hereto and any other parties insured under such policy. The public liability policies shall have such endorsements as are required by Lakeview or Circus. 6.3 Parties Insured. All policies of insurance obtained under this Article VI, to the extent so obtainable, shall be carried under the names of Lakeview and Circus, and losses thereunder shall be payable to the parties as their respective interests may appear. All liability insurance shall name Lakeview, Circus and their respective directors, officers, partners, agents, and employees as insureds. Any policy of business interruption insurance shall name Lakeview and Circus as insureds. The public liability insurance shall provide for severability of interest, provide that an act or omission of one of the insureds or additional named insureds which would void or otherwise reduce coverage shall not reduce or void the coverage as to the insured or other additional insureds, and afford coverage for all claims based on acts, omissions, injury and damage which occurred or arose (or the onset of which occurred or arose) in whole or in part during the policy period. 6.4 Waiver of Subrogation. Neither Circus nor Lakeview shall assert against the other, and each does hereby waive with respect to the other to the extent it is legally possible to do so, any claims for any losses, damages, liabilities and expenses (including attorneys fees and disbursements) incurred or sustained by it on account of damage or injury to persons or property arising out of the ownership, operation or maintenance of the Resort, to the extent that the same are covered by the proceeds received as a result of insurance required under this Article VII or actually carried by the parties, so long as such waiver does not adversely affect such insurance coverage. Lakeview and Circus shall each cause all policies to contain a waiver of subrogation clause to the extent the same is available at commercially reasonably cost. The provisions of this Section 6.4 are intended to restrict each party (as permitted by law) to recovery against insurance carriers to the extent of such coverage and waive fully, and for the benefit of each, any rights and/or claims which might give rise to a right of subrogation in any insurance carrier. 6.5 Blanket Insurance. Any insurance coverage provided by Lakeview as required under this Article VII may be effected under policies of blanket insurance which may cover other properties owned and managed by Lakeview or its Affiliates, and where applicable an allocable portion of the premiums therefor shall be charged to the operation of the Resort. Any policies or insurance maintained by Lakeview pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII may contain such deductible provisions and such other provisions as are customary. ARTICLE VII Termination 7.1 Termination Based Upon Events of Default. 7.1.1 Events of Default on the Part of Either Party. The following shall constitute events of default hereunder on the part of defaulting party (as defined): 7.1.1.1 The failure of either party (the defaulting party ) to pay to the other party (the non-defaulting party ) any sum which may become due hereunder within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the defaulting party of a notice from the non-defaulting party specifying such failure. 7.1.1.2 The failure by either party (the defaulting party ) to perform, keep or fulfill any of the material terms set forth in this Agreement (other than those referred to in Section 7.1.1.1), and the continuance of such failure for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt by the defaulting party of notice thereof from the other party hereto (the non-defaulting party ) specifying such failure, provided that if such failure is of a nature that it cannot, with due diligence and in good faith, be cured within thirty (30) days, it shall not constitute an event of default unless such defaulting party fails to proceed promptly and with due diligence and in good faith to cure the same, and thereafter to prosecute the curing of such failure with due diligence and in good faith (it being intended that, in connection with a failure not susceptible of being cured with diligence and in good faith within thirty (30) days, the time of such defaulting party within which to cure the same shall be extended for such period as may be necessary for the curing thereof with due diligence and in good faith). 7.1.1.3 Any of the following actions taken by either party (the defaulting party ): (i) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator of such party or of all or a substantial part of its assets; (ii) file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts as they come due; (iii) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (iv) file a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or agreement with creditor or take advantage of any insolvency law, or file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any bankruptcy, reorganization or insolvency proceeding, or (v) if an order, judgment or decree shall be entered by any court of competent jurisdiction, on the application of a creditor, adjudicating such party a bankrupt or insolvent or appointing a receiver, trustee or liquidator of such party or of all or a substantial part of its assets, and such order, judgment or decree shall continue unstayed and in effect for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days. 7.1.2 Consequences of Event of Default. If an event of default shall occur, the non-defaulting party may, at its option, give to the defaulting party notice of intention to terminate the Agreement after the expiration of a period of thirty (30) days from the date of such notice, and, upon the expiration of such period and even if the default has been cured, the Term shall expire on the date specified in the notice. Such termination shall be without prejudice to any right to damages which the non- defaulting party may have against the defaulting party under applicable law, subject to the terms of this Agreement. 7.1.3 Circus Right to Terminate. Circus shall have the right to terminate on fifteen (15) days notice in the event Lakeview fails to agree to an increase in the amount of the Annual Consulting Fee within five (5) days following Circus recommendation of such amount. 7.2 Certain Rights on Termination. In addition to, and without limiting, the rights of a party pursuant to the provisions of this Article VII or other provisions of this Agreement, upon the termination of this Agreement for any reason under this or any other Article (including expiration of the Term), the following shall be applicable: 7.2.1 All accrued unpaid fees, charges, reimbursements, loans and other payments due Circus as of the date of termination (including any Annual Management Fee prorated through the date of termination) shall be paid by Lakeview to Circus within ten (10) days after the rendition to Lakeview by Circus of statements therefor. 7.2.2 Lakeview shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Circus harmless from all damages and liabilities owed to third parties, to the extent arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from the ownership, operation or use of the Resort after the date of termination, including, without limitation, (i) the failure of Lakeview following the expiration or earlier termination (for whatever cause) of this Agreement to provide all of the services contracted for in connection with the business booked for the Resort on or prior to the date of such expiration or termination, and (ii) any liability to employees or creditors of the Resort, including but not limited to any unfunded pension or retirement benefits required by law or contract. The provisions of this Section shall survive any such termination or expiration and shall be binding upon Lakeview and Circus, their successors and assigns. ARTICLE VIII Right to Perform Covenants of Defaulting Party 8.1 Right to Perform. If Lakeview or Circus shall fail to make any payment or to perform any act to be made or performed by it when required pursuant to this Agreement, then the non- defaulting party may, upon written notice to the defaulting party, and without waiving or releasing the defaulting party from any obligations under this Agreement, make such payment or perform such act. All sums so paid by the non-defaulting party and all necessary incidental costs and expenses incurred by the non- defaulting party in connection with the performance of any such act, together with interest thereon at the Effective Rate from the date of making such expenditure or expenditures by the non- defaulting party, shall be payable hereunder to the non-defaulting party upon demand. Any amounts payable hereunder to the non- defaulting party may, at the option of the non-defaulting party, be withdrawn from the Operating Accounts. The rights provided in this Section are in addition to the rights provided in Article VII hereof. ARTICLE IX Destruction 9.1 Substantial Damages. If the Resort shall be substantially damaged by fire or other casualty to the extent that the Resort must be closed, either party may, at any time during the period of closing give notice to the other party terminating this Agreement effective upon receipt by the other party of such notice or, alternatively, suspending Circus obligations hereunder, and Lakeview s obligations to pay the Annual Consulting Fee (but not its other obligations during the period of closure). A notice of termination pursuant to this Section 9.1 shall be effective notwithstanding the giving of a prior notice of suspension pursuant hereto. Any insurance proceeds of Lakeview paid under any business interruption or similar insurance policy for loss of income, revenues or profits excluding proceeds for the cost of repairing and rebuilding of the Resort to substantially the same condition and character which existed immediately prior to the occurrence of such casualty, shall be paid to Lakeview. If Circus or Lakeview elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 9.1, the provisions of Section 7.2 shall be applicable and, in addition, Lakeview shall make the payments to Circus set forth above and all remaining proceeds shall be paid to Lakeview. 9.2 Partial Damage. In the event of any damage to the Resort by fire or other casualty and the failure of either party to suspend this Agreement pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof, then this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. ARTICLE X Assignment 10.1 Assignment by Circus. 10.1.1 Circus may transfer this Agreement and its rights and obligations hereunder to any of the following: (i) Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. ( CCEI ); (ii) any wholly-owned subsidiary of CCEI; (iii) any successor or assignee of CCEI which may result from any merger, consolidation, purchase of CCEI stock, recapitalization or reorganization; (iv) any assignee which shall acquire all, or substantially all, of the business and assets of CCEI and shall assume its obligations with reference thereto, including those hereunder, and in either case shall retain or replace those employees of Circus required to continue to operate the Resort pursuant to the Resort Standard, or (v) any assignee approved by Lakeview. Upon any assignment pursuant hereto and the assumption by the assignee of Circus obligation hereunder, Circus liability hereunder shall thereupon terminate, except as to the obligations, if any, accrued prior to the effective date of such assignment and assumption. 10.1.2 Circus may also transfer this Agreement, without the consent of Lakeview, to any other Affiliate of Circus, but in the event of such assignment, Circus shall continue to be liable hereunder to the same extent as though such transfer had not been made. 10.1.3 Except as provided above, Circus may not transfer its rights and obligations hereunder without the approval of Lakeview, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. ARTICLE XI Miscellaneous 11.1 Approvals. Whenever either party hereto is requested or required hereunder to give its consent or approval to a matter, such consent or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed except where specifically provided that such party may withhold its consent in its sole discretion. 11.2 No Waiver. No failure by Circus or Lakeview to insist upon strict performance of any covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Agreement, or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof, shall constitute a waiver of any such breach or any subsequent breach of such covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Agreement, and no breach thereof shall be waived, altered or modified except by written instrument. No waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Agreement, but each and every covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any other existing or subsequent breach thereof. 11.3 Successors and Assigns. Subject to the provisions of Article X hereof, this Agreement shall be binding upon the heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. 11.4 Circus Right to Close Resort. If at any time during the term hereof it becomes necessary in Circus reasonable opinion to cease operation of the Resort in order to protect the Resort and/or the health, safety and welfare of the guests and/or employees of the Resort in an emergency situation caused by a Force Majeure, then in such event Circus shall promptly notify Lakeview and may close and cease operation of all or part of the Resort, reopening and commencing operation when Circus and Lakeview deem that such may be done without jeopardy to the Resort, its guests and employees. 11.5 Indemnification. 121.5.1 Lakeview shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Circus harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, causes of action or liabilities owed to third parties, including attorneys fees and all other costs and expenses incident thereto ( claims ), to the extent arising out of any action taken or omitted to be taken pursuant to this Agreement by Circus or Lakeview, their respective officers, shareholders, employees, or its agents or representatives employed pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, except actions constituting a willful material breach of Circus obligations hereunder or defaults arising out of the fraud, willful misconduct, gross negligence of Circus or its officers or employees or taken or omitted to be taken in bad faith, with respect to which actions or defaults Lakeview shall have no liability. 11.5.2 Circus shall indemnify, defend, protect and hold Lakeview harmless from all costs, expenses, claims, damages and liabilities, including, without limitation, counsel fees and disbursements, arising out of, in connection with, or resulting from Circus fraud, gross negligence, willful misconduct or willful material breach of an express provision of this Agreement. 11.6 Notices. All notices, demands, requests, consents or approvals required or permitted to be given hereunder or which are given with respect to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally served and mailed, registered or certified, return receipt requested, postage prepaid (or by a substantially similar method), or delivered by a reputable overnight courier service with charges prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex or facsimile, addressed as set forth below, or such other address as such party shall have specified most recently by written notice. Notice shall be deemed given or delivered on the date of service or transmission if personally served or served by overnight courier service or transmitted by telegram, telex or facsimile. Notice otherwise sent as provided herein shall be deemed given or delivered on the third business day following the date mailed or on the next business day following the delivery of such notice to a reputable overnight courier service. To Lakeview: Goldstrike Development Company, Inc. c/o David R. Belding Highway 93 Boulder City, Nevada 89005 To Circus: Circus Circus Casinos, Inc. 2880 Las Vegas Boulevard South Las Vegas, Nevada 89109 Attn.: General Counsel 11.7 Amendments. Neither this Agreement, nor any provision hereof, may be modified, altered or changed except by another written instrument executed by the parties hereto. 11.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, along with all other agreements being executed concurrently herewith, contains the entire agreement of the parties hereto concerning the direction, supervision, management and operation of the Resort, and this Agreement supersedes all other agreements and understandings (whether oral or written) heretofore made by the parties. 11.9 Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Nevada. 11.10 Extensions for Force Majeure. If either party is delayed in the performance of any covenant of this Agreement because of Force Majeure (financial inability, imprudent management or negligence excepted), then such performance shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for such performance shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of such delay, except that the foregoing or any Force Majeure shall in no way affect or apply to any party s obligation to provide funds as required herein. Nothing herein contained shall excuse a party from exercising all due diligence and taking all necessary actions possible under the circumstances to terminate any delaying cause herein specified at the earliest feasible time. 11.11 Time. Time is of the essence of this Agreement and every portion hereof. 11.12 Confidentiality. During the term of this Agreement, Circus or Lakeview may have access to or become acquainted with various trade secrets and confidential information of the other, including recipes, management guidelines and procedures, operating manuals and similar compilations and documents regularly used in the operation of the business of the other. Neither party shall disclose to any third person any of the other party s, or use the other party s trade secrets or confidential information, directly or indirectly, during or subsequent to the term of this Agreement. Except in the case of Circus and its Affiliates in the due performance of its obligations hereunder, each party further agrees not to photocopy or otherwise duplicate any such material without the prior written consent of the other party. All recipes, files, records, documents, compilations, manuals and similar items (including all copies or facsimiles thereof) shall remain the exclusive property of the originating party. 11.13 Relationship. Nothing in this Agreement shall constitute or be construed to be a partnership or joint venture between Lakeview and Circus. To the extent appropriate to the duties and obligations hereunder, Circus shall be an agent and none of its independent employees shall be employees of Lakeview. This Agreement is for the benefit of Lakeview and Circus and shall not create third party beneficiary rights. 11.14 Attorneys Fees. If any action or proceeding is commenced to obtain a declaration of rights hereunder or to enforce any provision hereof, to seek rescission of this Agreement for default or any other relief in connection with the transaction contemplated herein, whether legal or equitable (including, without limitation, any cross-complaint, counterclaim or third party claim), the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to recover its cost and expense of suit, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys fees and accountant s fees in addition to all other relief to which it may be entitled therein whether or not such action is prosecuted to judgment. 11.15 Construction and Interpretation. This Agreement shall not be construed for or against either party by reason of the authorship or alleged authorship of any provision hereof or by reason of the status of the respective parties. This Agreement shall be construed reasonably to carry out its intent without presumption against or in favor of either party. The natural persons executing this Agreement on behalf of each party have the full right, power and authority to do and affirm the foregoing warranty on behalf of each party and on their own behalf. If any provision hereof shall be declared invalid by any court or in any administrative proceeding, then the provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in such manner so as to preserve the validity hereof and the substance of the transaction herein contemplated to the extent possible. The captions on sections are provided for purposes of convenience and are not intended to limit, define the scope of or aid in interpretation of any of the provisions hereof. References to a party or parties shall refer to Lakeview and Circus, or both, as the context may require. All pronouns and singular or plural references as used herein shall be deemed to have interchangeably (where the sense of the sentence requires) a masculine, feminine or neuter, and/or singular or plural meaning, as the case may be. 11.16 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, which counterparts shall together constitute one Agreement. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first hereinabove set forth. Circus Lakeview CIRCUS CIRCUS CASINOS, INC. LAKEVIEW COMPANY By: Goldstrike Development Company, Inc. Its: General Partner By:___________________________ Its:___________________________ By: __________________________ David R. Belding, President EX-13 11 Management's Discussion and Analysis FINANCIAL POLICY Producing free cash flow is a primary goal of Circus, as we regard it as true economic profit. Free cash flow, in the plainest sense, is the cash left over after all expenses, including ordinary or maintenance reinvestment in the business. This profit, if you will, can be directed to new expansion, repayment of debt, or distribution to shareholders. Circus has historically been an extraordinary cash generator, providing close to $1 billion in free cash flow over the past five years. On a per-share basis, free cash flow was almost $2.70 per share in the past year, 60% higher than earnings per share (prior to write-offs). Our dependable cash flows, combined with considerable borrowing capacity and superior access to capital markets, ensure Circus' ability to rapidly pursue new projects. FREE CASH FLOW ANALYSIS Year ended January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 Income from operations* $301,753 $259,019 $217,567 $205,482 $200,391 Add noncash expenses Depreciation and amortization 98,380 82,753 58,965 48,182 48,870 Other (65) (65) (65) (65) (65) Cash generated from operations before income tax 400,068 341,707 276,467 253,599 249,196 Cash income taxes (54,505) (55,754) (56,023) (43,602) (31,452) Interest, dividends and other income (loss) 11,539 1,217 (683) 820 245 Proceeds from disposal of assets 1,353 415 685 4,510 527 Cash available for repayment of debt and reinvestment 358,455 287,585 220,446 215,327 218,516 Scheduled principal and interest payments (64,472) (45,988) (35,388) (30,939) (44,168) Ordinary capital expenditures (31,936) (29,856) (33,182) (24,085) (24,110) Free cash flow $262,047 $211,741 $151,876 $160,303 $150,238 *Before one-time charges in fiscal 1996 for asset write-offs of $45,148 and Silver Legacy preopening expenses of $5,232; in fiscal 1995 for Circus Circus- Tunica preopening expenses of $3,012; and in fiscal 1994 for Luxor and Grand Slam Canyon preopening expenses of $16,506. -19- We choose projects whose return on invested capital (ROIC) promises to be in excess of 15%. Over the past five years the Company's average return on invested capital has been 18%. We compare these results to our weighted average cost of capital (which includes debt and equity) over the same period of approximately 12%. This difference or "spread" translates into higher free cash flows and to increased shareholder value, particularly as we can accumulate projects with returns above our cost-of-capital threshold. RETURN ON INVESTED CAPITAL Year ended January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 1994 1993 1992 Net income before nonrecurring items* $ 161,645 $ 138,244 $126,918 $120,983 $103,348 Income tax expense 76,861 78,204 66,419 62,330 53,656 Interest expense 57,153 42,734 17,770 22,989 43,632 295,659 259,182 211,107 206,302 200,636 Cash income taxes (54,505) (55,754) (56,023) (43,602) (31,452) Total return (as defined) $ 241,154 $ 203,428 $155,084 $162,700 $169,184 Total assets $2,211,893 $1,512,548 $1,297,924 $950,458 $783,071 Nonoperating assets (217,217) (77,794) (19,855)(179,757) (5,179) Current liabilities (93,922) (82,008) (92,061) (87,494) (59,498) Total invested capital (as defined) $1,900,754 $1,352,746 $1,186,008 $683,207 $718,394 Average invested capital $1,626,750 $1,269,377 $934,608 $700,801 $702,965 Return on average invested capital 15% 16% 17% 23% 24% *Before one-time charges in fiscal 1996 for asset write-offs of $45,148 and Silver Legacy preopening expenses of $5,232; in fiscal 1995 for Circus Circus- Tunica preopening expenses of $3,012; and in fiscal 1994 for Luxor and Grand Slam Canyon preopening expenses of $16,506. Net income for fiscal 1993 excludes an extraordinary loss of $3,661 related to the early retirement of debt. -20- Results of Operations For the year ended January 31, 1996, the Company reported net income of $128.9 million, or $1.33 per share versus $136.3 million, or $1.59 per share in the prior year. During the year, the Company took one- time asset write-offs totalling $45.1 million and recognized $5.2 million of preopening expenses (reflected in Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates) related to the July 28, 1995 opening of Silver Legacy, a joint venture hotel/casino in Reno, Nevada. In the prior year, the Company wrote off $3.0 million of preopening expenses related to the opening of Circus Circus-Tunica. Excluding the effect of these nonrecurring items, earnings per share for the year ended January 31, 1996 were $1.66 against $1.61 in the previous year. The $45.1 million in asset write-offs (which the Company recognized in the second quarter) related to a discontinued riverboat project in Chalmette, Louisiana ($31.5 million); the remaining value of a parking garage and people mover at Circus Circus-Reno ($6.2 million); a dismantled monorail between Luxor and Excalibur ($3.7 million); a dismantled gondola system at Circus Circus-Las Vegas ($2.1 million); and miscellaneous other assets ($1.6 million). Results for the year ended January 31, 1996 include eight months of combined performance of Circus and Gold Strike Resorts, which the Company acquired on June 1, 1995 in exchange for 16,291,551 shares of its common stock, preferred stock of a subsidiary which is convertible into an additional 793,156 shares of the Company's common stock, the payment of approximately $12 million in cash and the assumption of approximately $165 million in debt. The increase in earnings for the year (excluding nonrecurring items) derived primarily from the Company's 50% interest in The Grand Victoria, a riverboat casino in Elgin, Illinois acquired as part of the Gold Strike transaction. In addition, the Company acquired the Hacienda Hotel and Casino on September 1, 1995, for approximately $80 million. Excluding preopening expenses, earnings per share for the year ended January 31, 1995 were $1.61 against $1.46 on the same basis in fiscal 1994. In fiscal 1995, the Company wrote off $3.0 million of preopening expenses related to the August 29, 1994 opening of Circus Circus-Tunica, amounting to $.02 per share on an after-tax basis. In fiscal 1994, the Company wrote off $16.5 million of preopening expenses associated with Grand Slam Canyon (which opened August 23, 1993) and Luxor Hotel and Casino (which opened October 15, 1993), amounting to $.12 per share on an after-tax basis. The increase in earnings per share during fiscal 1995 was attributable primarily to the first full year of operations for Luxor, which was open only 3 1/2 months in the prior fiscal year, and the opening of Circus Circus- Tunica. Revenues Revenues for the year ended January 31, 1996 increased $129.4 million, or 11%, to $1.3 billion. The acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts in June 1995 was the principal factor in this increase, with the Company's 50% interest in The Grand Victoria riverboat in Elgin, Illinois providing the biggest contribution. (For accounting purposes, the Company's share of The Grand Victoria's operating income is reflected in Earnings of Unconsolidated Affiliates.) Circus Circus-Tunica was also a significant contributor, as it completed its first full year of operations. Casino revenues increased $52.7 million during fiscal 1996 over the prior year due principally to the acquisition of the Gold Strike properties (Gold Strike, Nevada Landing, and Railroad Pass). Similarly, hotel revenues rose $46.5 million, with price increases at the Company's Las Vegas properties (Circus Circus, Luxor and Excalibur) accounting for the majority of this increase, and the Gold Strike and Hacienda acquisitions also contributing. The Company's combined hotel occupancy rate declined to 93.7% from 95.7% last year, attributable to the two Laughlin properties which faced additional competition in that market. In general, the Company's policy of offering moderately priced rooms, multiple entertainment attractions and low-priced food on an everyday basis attracts a high level of occupancy along with substantial walk-in traffic. Revenues for the year ended January 31, 1995 increased $206.7 million, or 21%, to $1.2 billion, marking the first time the Company's revenues topped $1 billion. The first full year of operations for Luxor and the opening of Circus Circus-Tunica accounted for the majority of this increase in revenues. -21- Income from Operations Income from operations rose $42.7 million, or 16%, in the year ended January 31, 1996 versus the prior year (excluding the abandonment loss of $45.1 million and Silver Legacy preopening expenses of $5.2 million in fiscal 1996, and Circus Circus-Tunica preopening expenses of $3.0 million in fiscal 1995). The Company's composite operating margin (excluding the above nonrecurring items) was 23.1%, compared to last year's 22.1%. The Company's acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts on June 1, 1995 was the main driver for the increase in operating income, with the Company's 50% interest in The Grand Victoria riverboat casino (a joint venture with Hyatt Development Corp. acquired as part of the Gold Strike acquisition) standing out as the principal factor, generating $32.6 million in operating income for the eight months of the year the Company was an owner. As of year-end, The Grand Victoria led all cruising riverboats in the country in casino revenues and operating income. The other major properties acquired as part of the Gold Strike acquisition (Gold Strike, Nevada Landing and Railroad Pass) were also solid contributors, generating operating income of $12.4 million in eight months. Also contributing to the increase in operating income was Circus Circus-Tunica, which completed its first full year of operations producing an additional $7.1 million in operating income versus the prior year when it was open only five months. Income from operations (excluding one-time write-offs) at the Company's Las Vegas properties (Circus Circus, Luxor and Excalibur) was down slightly on a combined basis, though Excalibur's operating income rose 10.1%, in part related to a reduction in depreciation expense. In Reno, Silver Legacy (a joint venture with Eldorado Hotel/Casino) opened July 28, 1995 and the Company's 50% interest generated approximately $6.8 million in operating income (excluding the recognition of $5.2 million in preopening expenses). This 1,700 room property posted an operating cash flow margin of 29% and an occupancy rate of 87%. At Circus Circus-Reno, operating income for fiscal 1996 (excluding one-time write-offs) was flat versus the prior year, as the novelty effect of the adjacent Silver Legacy attracted visits from its casino patrons. Results at the Company's Laughlin properties (Colorado Belle and Edgewater) declined materially, down 28% from the prior year. The Company believes that the decrease owned, in large degree, to several market factors. Additional competition from new rooms was one factor, as room rates and occupancy levels decreased (contrary to the trend in Las Vegas). Competition from Las Vegas in the form of major new theme resorts has penetrated Laughlin's customer base, as have the recently expanded facilities at Stateline, Nevada, which are closer to Las Vegas and more accessible to visitors from southern California. Finally, the emergence of unregulated Native American casinos, squarely in Laughlin's Arizona and California feeder markets, has eroded the customer base. While the Company's Laughlin operations have begun to show signs of stabilizing in the early part of fiscal 1997, a new group of major theme resorts are set to open in Las Vegas in the coming year, which may have an additional adverse impact on the Laughlin market. The Colorado Belle and Edgewater generated approximately $40 million in operating cash flow during fiscal 1996. In the coming year, the Company anticipates that the expansion projects discussed under Capitalization, Capital Spending and Liquidity (particularly those at Luxor) will partially disrupt business and negatively impact operating results during the expansion phase, although the Company is not able to predict the extent or magnitude of this impact. The Company also anticipates demolishing the Hacienda Hotel and Casino in the latter part of the year to make way for a new hotel/casino project. For the year ended January 31, 1995, income from operations, excluding the write-off of preopening expenses, increased $41.5 million, or 19%. The increase in income from operations was attributable primarily to Luxor and the opening of Circus Circus-Tunica. In its first full fiscal year of operations, Luxor posted $64.1 million in operating income and a 23% operating margin. Meanwhile, Circus Circus-Tunica experienced a strong opening, generating operating income of $13.2 million and an operating margin over 40% (excluding preopening expenses) during the five months it was open in the fiscal year. -22- Depreciation and Amortization Expense For the year ended January 31, 1996, depreciation and amortization expense rose $15.6 million, to $98.4 million. This increase came principally from amortization of goodwill related to the acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts, plus the additional depreciation related to the entities acquired as part of the Gold Strike transaction (Gold Strike, Nevada Landing and Railroad Pass). Also, there was a full year's depreciation on Circus Circus-Tunica, which was open only five months in the prior fiscal year. In fiscal 1995, depreciation and amortization expense rose $23.8 million, to $82.8 million, due primarily to a full year of depreciation on Luxor and Grand Slam Canyon, as well as the addition of Circus Circus-Tunica. Interest Expense Interest expense for the year ended January 31, 1996 rose $8.8 million to $51.5 million from $42.7 million in the previous year. This increase was due mostly to higher average debt outstanding (approximately $715 million in fiscal 1996 versus approximately $590 million in fiscal 1995), related in large part to the assumption of $165 million of debt in connection with the acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts. This increase was partially offset by higher capitalized interest ($8.6 million in fiscal 1996 versus $4.2 million in fiscal 1995). Also, the Company recorded $5.6 million of interest expense representing its share of Silver Legacy's interest expense for the six months it was open during the fiscal year. For the year ended January 31, 1995, interest expense was $42.7 million compared to $17.8 million in the prior year. The increase resulted from lower capitalized interest ($4.2 million in fiscal 1995 versus $18.5 million in fiscal 1994) stemming from the completion of Luxor and Grand Slam Canyon in the prior fiscal year. Interest expense was also impacted by higher average debt outstanding (approximately $590 million in fiscal 1995 versus approximately $555 million in fiscal 1994). Taxes The Company's effective tax rate for the year ended January 31, 1996 was 37.4%, reflecting the federal statutory rate of 35% plus the effect of various nondeductible expenses, primarily the amortization of goodwill associated with the Gold Strike acquisition. The Company's effective tax rate for the year ended January 31, 1995 was 36.5%. This reflects the federal statutory rate of 35% plus the effect of various nondeductible expenses. Capitalization, Capital Spending and Liquidity For the year ended January 31, 1996, the Company's pretax cash flow from operations (before nonrecurring items) was $400.1 million, compared to $341.7 million in fiscal 1995 and $276.5 million in fiscal 1994. During fiscal 1996, the Company used its cash flow mainly to fund the acquisition of the Hacienda Hotel and Casino, the acquisition of 73 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to the Hacienda, the acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts and equity investments in joint venture properties. In fiscal 1995, the Company employed its cash flow largely to fund construction of Circus Circus-Tunica and its investment in two joint venture projects: Silver Legacy in Reno, Nevada and Circus Circus-Chalmette, a riverboat near New Orleans, Louisiana, which was subsequently discontinued. Also during fiscal 1995, the Company repurchased 0.5 million shares of its common stock at a cost of approximately $15 million. For the year ended January 31, 1996, capital expenditures were $221.7 million, compared with $142.7 million in fiscal 1995 and $378.8 million in fiscal 1994. The majority of capital expenditures for fiscal 1996 were for the acquisition of the Hacienda Hotel and Casino on September 1, 1995 for approximately $80 million and the acquisition earlier in the year of 73 acres of undeveloped land adjacent to the Hacienda for approximately $73 million. For fiscal 1995, the majority of expenditures were for the completion of Circus Circus-Tunica ($58.1 million), the addition of new attractions at Grand Slam Canyon ($15.4 million), the construction of parking garages at Luxor and Excalibur ($11.7 million) and the purchase of land in Reno for future expansion ($11.9 million). In fiscal 1997, Circus estimates its capital expenditures will exceed $400 million. These expenditures will finance the construction of two hotel towers (approximately 2,000 rooms) and other improvements at Luxor, construction of a 1,000-room tower and refurbishment of rooms at Circus Circus-Las Vegas, equity contributions to complete Monte Carlo, construction of a parking garage and refurbishment of rooms at -23- Circus Circus-Reno, improvements at the Laughlin properties, improvements at the Laughlin properties, improvements at Circus Circus-Tunica and preliminary development costs for a new resort slated for the Hacienda site. On January 29, 1996, the Company arranged a $1.5 billion unsecured credit facility with its bank group (see Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements). This facility replaced the existing $750 million facility. As of January 31, 1996, Circus had drawn $100.0 million under this credit facility, plus had issued commercial paper of $210.2 million which reduces availability under the facility. On February 5, 1996, the Company issued $200 million of senior unsecured notes due February 1, 2006, with a coupon interest rate of 6.45%. Proceeds from this offering were used to reduce the Company's outstanding borrowings. On June 1, 1995, the Company completed the acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts pursuant to an agreement entered into on March 19, 1995. As a result of the acquisition, the Company now owns and operates three additional gaming properties in Nevada (Gold Strike Hotel and Gambling Hall and Nevada Landing in Jean, and Railroad Pass in Henderson). It also holds a 50% interest in and operates The Grand Victoria riverboat casino in Elgin, Illinois (which opened in October 1994), and a 50% interest in a joint venture (with Mirage Resorts, Incorporated) which is developing Monte Carlo, a major destination resort under construction on the Las Vegas Strip, for which it serves as the venture's manager. For the year ended January 31, 1996, the transaction did not have a dilutive impact on earnings per share. Monte Carlo will feature over 3,000 rooms and a 90,000-square-foot- casino, with a palatial style reminiscent of the Belle Epoque, the classic French architecture of the late 19th century. This project has an estimated cost of $350 million (including land, capitalized interest and preopening expenses), and the Company is obligated to fund any portion of such cost in excess of certain equity contributions, $10 million in vendor financing and the funding provided by a $200 million construction loan. This construction loan, a nonresource bank facility, converts to mortgage financing once the property opens. The Company's total equity contribution is anticipated to be approximately $70 million, of which $45.1 million had been funded as of January 31, 1996. Monte Carlo is scheduled to open June 21, 1996. During the second quarter, the Company sold its partially completed riverboat gaming facility in Chalmette, Louisiana for $4 million. The Company had owned a 50% interest in the joint venture engaged in the development of this project, which was to be located approximately 20 minutes from downtown New Orleans. After evaluating the changing circumstances in the New Orleans market, the Company determined that the project could no longer promise a sufficiently high rate of return to meet its objectives. The Company had a net investment in, or commitments for, this project of approximately $25.5 million and a loan to the other joint venturer of $10 million, resulting in a net write-off of $31.5 million in connection with the disposition. The Company owns a 50% interest in a joint venture (with Eldorado Hotel/Casino) which owns the Silver Legacy, a 1,700-room hotel and casino which opened on July 28, 1995 in downtown Reno, Nevada. The Silver Legacy is themed as a turn-of-the-century silver-mining town and is located on a site between Circus Circus-Reno and the Eldorado, connected to both properties by enclosed skyways. The cost of Silver Legacy was approximately $350 million (excluding preopening expenses), of which the venturers contributed $103.8 million in equity. On May 31, 1995, the joint venture completed a $230 million bank credit agreement with its bank group. A portion of the proceeds of this loan were used to repay amounts previously lent to the joint venture by the Company. As a condition to the credit agreement, Circus guaranteed completion of Silver Legacy and, in addition, entered into a make-well agreement whereby it is obligated to make additional contributions to the joint venture as may be necessary to maintain a minimum coverage ratio (as defined). As of January 31, 1996, the Company had a net equity investment of approximately $52.9 million in the project and had outstanding loans to the joint venture in the principal amount of $27.5 million. On September 1, 1995, the Company completed the previously announced acquisition of the Hacienda Hotel and Casino in Las Vegas for approximately $80 million. The Hacienda is located on 47 acres of land adjacent to Luxor, and contains approximately 1,100 rooms and 35,000 square feet of casino space. Previously, in March 1995, the Company purchased approximately 73 acres of undeveloped -24- land at the northwest corner of Russell Road and the Las Vegas Strip, just south of the Hacienda, at a cost of approximately $73 million. Both of these acquisitions were financed with the Company's bank lines of credit. By virtue of these purchases, Circus owns a contiguous mile of frontage on the Las Vegas Strip, from Tropicana Avenue to Russell Road, which encompasses the first two freeway exits on Interstate 15, the main artery from southern California, and contains the best access to the Strip from McCarran International Airport. As the first phase of its master plan, the Company should be under construction by fiscal year-end with a hotel and casino (where the Hacienda currently sits) with as many as 4,000 rooms. This property is slated to open by late summer 1998 at an estimated cost of $700- $800 million (excluding land). In January 1996, the Company commenced construction on a major expansion at Luxor that will include approximately 2,000 additional rooms, situated in two identical 22-story towers designed in a stepped-pyramid style, located between Luxor and Excalibur. The expansion will also include additional casino space, retail area, restaurants, and a multipurpose showroom, as well as a signature dark ride with a working title of "Tutmania," a special-effects adventure through the fabled and enchanted tombs of ancient Egypt. The rooms should open by the end of calendar 1996. The estimated cost for this expansion is expected to be approximately $250 million. Also in January 1996, the Company commenced construction of a 1,000- room tower addition at Circus Circus-Las Vegas, scheduled for completion by the end of 1996. This addition will bring the total number of rooms at Circus Circus-Las Vegas to approximately 3,800. In concert with this expansion, the Company is also refurbishing all of the existing rooms at Circus Circus-Las Vegas. The estimated cost of the 1,000-room tower is approximately $60 million. It is the Company's belief that the Las Vegas market can readily absorb sizeable new capacity, including that contemplated in its master plan. The direction of development in Las Vegas has shifted toward the south end of the Strip, where the Company can essentially create the gateway to Las Vegas. In December 1993, Windsor Casino Limited, a corporation owned equally by Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., Caesars World, Inc. and Hilton Hotels Corporation or their subsidiaries, was selected to exclusively negotiate an agreement to design, build and operate a casino complex in Windsor, Ontario, Canada. The planned complex will include casino, showroom and meeting facilities as well as a 400-room hotel, all located in Windsor's central business district, directly across the Detroit River from Detroit, Michigan. An interim casino, operated by Windsor Casino Limited, opened in May 1994. In December 1995, the interim facility was expanded to include a dockside casino, bringing the total casino space to approximately 75,000 square feet. The corporation is currently negotiating an agreement for a permanent facility. As of January 31, 1996, Circus had a net equity investment of approximately $11.8 million in this project. The Company has been negotiating with Mirage Resorts, Incorporated to participate in the development of a 150-acre site located in the Marina District of Atlantic City. Mirage's development of the site is subject to the satisfaction of a number of conditions. Accordingly, there can be no assurances as to whether or when Mirage will proceed with its development of the site. The Company's participation is subject to Mirage's determination to proceed with development of the site and successful negotiation of an agreement with Mirage, which would provide for the development of a hotel-casino, adjacent and linked to Mirage's. The Company's ability to proceed is also subject to its obtaining the requisite gaming and other approvals and licenses in New Jersey, as well as the approval of the gaming authorities of various other jurisdictions. Assuming the Company's consummation of an agreement with Mirage and receipt of the requisite licenses and approvals, the Company could begin construction sometime next year, with an anticipated 24-month construction period. While the exact extent of a potential development cannot be determined at this time, the Company is currently contemplating an investment of $500-$600 million to construct a hotel/casino megaresort with at least 2,000 rooms. The Company believes that it has ample capital resources, through its existing bank arrangements and its operating cash flows, to meet all of its existing cash obligations, opportunistically repurchase shares and fund its commitments on the projects enumerated above. The Company believes that additional funds could be raised through debt or equity markets, if necessary. -25- CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS January 31, (in thousands, except share data) 1996 1995 ASSETS Current assets Cash and cash equivalents $ 62,704 $ 53,764 Receivables 14,527 8,931 Inventories 20,459 22,660 Prepaid expenses 19,418 20,103 Deferred income tax 7,272 5,463 Total current assets 124,380 110,921 Property, equipment and leasehold interests, at cost, net 1,474,684 1,239,062 Other assets Excess of purchase price over fair market value of net assets acquired, net 394,518 9,836 Notes receivable 27,508 68,083 Investments in unconsolidated affiliates 173,270 74,840 Deferred charges and other assets 17,533 9,806 Total other assets 612,829 162,565 Total assets $2,211,893 $1,512,548 LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY Current liabilities Current portion of long-term debt $ 863 $ 106 Accounts and contracts payable Trade 16,824 12,102 Construction - 1,101 Accrued liabilities Salaries, wages and vacations 30,866 24,946 Progressive jackpots 8,151 7,447 Advance room deposits 7,517 8,701 Interest payable 3,169 2,331 Other 26,532 25,274 Total current liabilities 93,922 82,008 Long-term debt 715,214 632,652 Other liabilities Deferred income tax 148,096 110,776 Other long-term liabilities 9,319 988 Total other liabilities 157,415 111,764 Total liabilities 966,551 826,424 Redeemable preferred stock 18,530 - Commitments and contingent liabilities Stockholders' equity Common stock $.01 2/3 par value Authorized -- 450,000,000 shares Issued -- 112,795,332 and 96,441,357 shares 1,880 1,607 Preferred stock $.01 par value Authorized -- 75,000,000 shares - - Additional paid-in capital 527,205 124,960 Retained earnings 883,630 754,732 Treasury stock (9,828,809 and 10,589,309 shares), at cost (185,903) (195,175) Total stockholders' equity 1,226,812 686,124 Total liabilities and stockholders' equity $2,211,893 $1,512,548 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. -26- CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME Year ended January 31, (in thousands, except share data) 1996 1995 1994 Revenues Casino $664,772 $612,115 $538,813 Rooms 278,807 232,346 176,001 Food and beverage 201,385 189,664 152,469 Other 158,534 166,295 126,048 Earnings of unconsolidated affiliates 45,485 5,459 - 1,348,983 1,205,879 993,331 Less-complimentary allowances (49,387) (35,697) (29,861) 1,299,596 1,170,182 963,470 Costs and expenses Casino 275,680 246,416 209,402 Rooms 110,362 94,257 78,932 Food and beverage 188,712 177,136 149,267 Other operating expenses 92,631 107,297 82,958 General and administrative 215,083 183,175 150,495 Depreciation and amortization 93,938 81,109 58,105 Preopening expense - 3,012 16,506 Abandonment loss 45,148 - - 1,021,554 892,402 745,665 Operating profit before corporate expense 278,042 277,780 217,805 Corporate expense 26,669 21,773 16,744 Income from operations 251,373 256,007 201,061 Other income (expense) Interest, dividends and other income (loss) 4,022 225 (683) Interest income and guarantee fees from unconsolidated affiliate 7,517 992 - Interest expense (51,537) (42,734) (17,770) Interest expense from unconsolidated affiliate (5,616) - - (45,614) (41,517) (18,453) Income before provision for income tax 205,759 214,490 182,608 Provision for income tax 76,861 78,204 66,419 Net income $128,898 $136,286 $116,189 Earnings per share $1.33 $1.59 $1.34 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. -27- CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS Year ended January 31, 1996 1995 1994 Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (in thousands) Cash flows from operating activities Net income $128,898 $136,286 $116,189 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities Depreciation and amortization 98,380 82,753 58,965 Increase in deferred income tax 18,430 28,160 13,030 Increase in interest payable 839 53 180 Loss on sale of fixed assets 10,481 768 1,001 Increase in other current assets (1,211) (2,902) (13,772) Increase in other current liabilities 3,208 2,700 18,290 (Increase) decrease in other non- current assets (4,706) 6,880 (6,635) Decrease in other noncurrent liabilities (65) (65) (65) Unconsolicated affiliates' earnings in excess of distributions (9,722) (5,459) - Total adjustments 115,634 112,888 70,994 Net cash provided by operating activities 244,532 249,174 187,183 Cash flows from investing activities Capital expenditures (221,684)(142,667) (378,785) Decrease in construction payables (1,101) (12,743) (13,918) (Increase) decrease in investments in unconsolidated affiliates 1,806 (66,178) (3,203) (Increase) decrease in notes receivable 40,575 (68,083) - Net cash paid for acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts (3,929) - - Proceeds from sale of equipment and other assets 1,353 415 685 Net cash used in investing activities (182,980)(289,256) (395,221) Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from issuance of senior subor- dinated notes - - 299,841 Net effect on cash of issuances and payments of debt with initial maturities of three months or less (101,536) 65,378 (40,445) Issuance of debt with initial maturities in excess of three months 32,583 - - Principal payments of debt with initial maturities in excess of three months (12,852) (169) (10,154) Exercise of stock options and warrants 19,114 4,919 11,091 Sale of stock warrants 2,000 - - Purchases of treasury stock and fractional shares - (15,031) (57,339) Other 8,079 (361) 739 Net cash provided by (used in)financing activities (52,612) 54,736 203,733 Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 8,940 14,654 (4,305) Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year 53,764 39,110 43,415 Cash and cash equivalents at end of year $62,704 $53,764 $39,110 Supplemental cash flow disclosures Cash paid during the year for Interest (net of amount capitalized) $49,330 $41,613 $16,597 Income tax $55,995 $52,500 $47,000 Noncash investing and financing activities Purchase of land with debt $ - $ - $10,000 Acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts: Current assets, other than cash $ (1,487) - - Property and equipment (115,708) - - Other assets (484,761) - - Current liabilities 9,627 - - Long-term debt 163,978 - - Other liabilities 17,081 - - Subsidiary preferred stock 18,530 - - Stockholders' equity 388,811 - - $ (3,929) $ - $ - The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. -28- CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Common Stock Issued Additional Total Paid-In Retained Treasury Stockholders' (in thousands) Shares Amount Capital Earnings Stock Equity Balance, January 31, 1993 95,914 1,599 111,516 502,257 (125,363) 490,009 Net income - - - 116,189 - 116,189 Exercise of stock options and warrants 255 4 8,627 - 2,460 11,091 Treasury stock acquired (1,632 shares), at cost - - - - (57,331) (57,331) Purchase of fractional shares - - (8) - - (8) Balance, January 31, 1994 96,169 1,603 120,135 618,446 (180,234) 559,950 Net income - - - 136,286 - 136,286 Exercise of stock options and warrants 272 4 4,825 - 90 4,919 Treasury stock acquired (535 shares), at cost - - - - (15,031) (15,031) Balance, January 31, 1995 96,441 $1,607 $124,960 $754,732 $(195,175) $686,124 Net income - - - 128,898 - 128,898 Exercise of stock options and warrants 62 1 9,841 - 9,272 19,114 Issuance of shares in Gold Strike acquisition 16,292 272 388,539 - - 388,811 Sale of warrants - - 2,000 - - 2,000 Amortization of deferred compensation - - 1,865 - - 1,865 Balance, January 31, 1996 112,795 $1,880 $527,205 $883,630 $(185,903) $1,226,812
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. -29- CIRCUS CIRCUS ENTERPRISES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated February 27, 1974. The Company operates hotel and casino facilities in Las Vegas, Reno and Laughlin, Nevada and a dockside casino in Tunica County Mississippi. It is also an investor in several joint ventures, with operations that include a riverboat casino in Elgin, Illinois, a hotel/casino in Reno, Nevada and a casino in Windsor, Canada. (See Note 13 - Investments in Unconsolidated Affiliates.) The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Investments in 50% or less owned affiliated companies are accounted for under the equity method. On November l, 1979, the Company purchased the Slots-A-Fun Casino in Las Vegas and on February 1, 1983, the Company purchased the Edgewater Hotel and Casino in Laughlin, Nevada. The excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the net assets acquired amounted to $4.2 million for the purchase of Slots-A-Fun and $9.7 million for the purchase of the Edgewater, and each is being amortized over a period of 40 years. See Note 2 - Acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts. CAPITALIZED INTEREST The Company capitalizes interest costs associated with debt incurred in connection with major construction projects. When no debt is specifically identified as being incurred in connection with a construction project, the Company capitalizes interest on amounts expended on the project at the Company's average cost of borrowed money. The amounts capitalized during the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, were $8.6 million, $4.2 million, and $18.5 million, respectively. INVENTORIES Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out and the average cost methods. CASH EQUIVALENTS At January 31, 1996 and 1995, cash equivalents (consisting principally of money market funds and instruments with initial maturities of three months or less) had a cost approximately equal to market value. INTEREST RATE SWAPS The Company, from time to time, uses interest rate swaps and similar financial instruments to assist in managing interest incurred on its long-term debt. The difference between amounts received and amounts paid under such agreements, as well as any costs or fees, is recorded as a reduction of, or addition to, interest expense as incurred over the life of the swap or similar financial instrument. DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION Depreciation and amortization of property, equipment and leasehold interests are provided using the straight-line method predominantly over the following estimated useful lives: Buildings and improvements 15-45 years Leasehold improvements 5-16 years Equipment, furniture and fixtures 3-15 years Leasehold interests 5-14 years Accumulated amortization of the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the net assets of businesses acquired was $10.7 million and $4.0 million, as of January 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. -30- REVENUES AND EXPENSES Revenues include the retail value of rooms, food and beverage furnished gratuitously to customers. Such amounts are then deducted as complimentary allowances. The costs of such rooms, food and beverage were included as casino expenses as follows: $34.5 million, $30.6 million and $25.0 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. For the three years, approximately 92%-93% of such costs were for food and beverage with the balance for rooms. Casino revenues are the net difference between the sums received as winnings and the sums paid as losses. RECLASSIFICATIONS The financial statements for prior years reflect certain reclassifications, which have no effect on net income, to conform with classifications adopted in the current year. PREOPENING EXPENSES Preopening expenses consisted principally of direct incremental personnel costs and advertising and marketing expenses. These costs were capitalized prior to the opening of the specific project and were charged to expense at the commencement of operations. For the year ended January 31, 1995, preopening expenses amounted to $3.0 million and related to the August 29, 1994 opening of Circus Circus-Tunica. For the year ended January 31, 1994, preopening expenses amounted to $16.5 million and related to the August 23, 1993 opening of Grand Slam Canyon and the October 15, 1993 opening of Luxor. USE OF ESTIMATES The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and affect the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates and assumptions also affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Note 2. Acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts On June 1, 1995, the Company completed its acquisition of a group of affiliated entities (collectively "Gold Strike Resorts") in which it acquired two hotel and casino facilities in Jean, Nevada, one in Henderson, Nevada, a 50% interest in a joint venture which owns a riverboat casino and land-based entertainment complex in Elgin, Illinois, and a 50% interest in a joint venture which is developing a major destination resort on the Las Vegas Strip. In exchange for the equity interests in Gold Strike Resorts, the Company issued 16,291,551 shares of its common stock and preferred stock of a subsidiary which is convertible into an additional 793,156 shares of the Company's common stock. In addition, the Company paid approximately $12 million in cash, while assuming approximately $165 million of debt. The acquisition has been accounted for by the purchase method of accounting and resulted in a total purchase price of approximately $430 million. In determining the purchase price of Gold Strike Resorts, the value of the Company's common stock issued was discounted by 30% from the price quoted on the New York Stock Exchange on May 31, 1995, based on estimates provided by the Company's investment bankers due to restrictions on the resale of the common stock issued. The purchase price was allocated to assets and liabilities based on their estimated fair values on the date of acquisition. The excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of the net assets acquired was approximately $390 million and is being amortized on a straight- line basis over 40 years. The following unaudited pro forma information combines the consolidated results of operations of the Company and Gold Strike Resorts for the twelve months ended January 31, 1996 and 1995 as if the acquisition had occurred on February 1, 1995 and 1994, respectively, after giving effect to amortization of goodwill and increased corporate expense primarily due to employment contracts entered into as a result -31- of the merger. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations which would have actually been obtained during such periods. Year ended January 31, 1996 1995 (in thousands, except share data) Revenue $1,353,380 $1,286,209 Net income $ 136,543 $ 140,288 Earnings per share $ 1.33 $ 1.37 Note 3. Property, Equipment and Leasehold Interests Property, equipment and leasehold interests consist of the following: January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 Land and land leases $ 333,142 $ 125,661 Buildings and improvements 1,107,557 1,024,179 Equipment, furniture and fixtures 494,091 483,147 Leasehold interests 6,908 6,908 Leasehold improvements 3,923 3,709 1,945,621 1,643,604 Less - accumulated depreciation and amortization (490,596) (412,909) 1,455,025 1,230,695 Construction in progress 19,659 8,367 $1,474,684 $1,239,062 Note 4. Long-term Debt Long-term debt consists of the following: January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 Amounts due under corporate debt program at floating interest rates, weighted average of 5.9% $210,188 $210,828 7-5/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures due 2013 150,000 150,000 6-3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 (net of unamortized discount of $119 and $134) 149,881 149,866 10-5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 1997 (net of unamortized discount of $24 and $42) 99,976 99,958 Amounts due under bank credit agree- ments at floating interest rates, weighted average of 6.3% 100,000 22,000 Other notes 6,032 106 716,077 632,758 Less - current portion (863) (106) $715,214 $632,652 -32- The Company has established a corporate debt program whereby it can issue commercial paper or similar forms of short-term debt. Although the debt instruments issued under this program are short term in tenor, they are classified as long-term debt because (i) they are backed by long-term debt facilities (see below) and (ii) it is management's intention to continue to replace such borrowings on a rolling basis as various instruments come due and to have such borrowings outstanding for longer than one year. To the extent that the Company incurs debt under this program, it maintains an equivalent amount of credit available under its bank credit facility, discussed more fully below. In January 1996, the Company renegotiated its $250 million unsecured 364-day facility and its $500 million unsecured reducing revolver, both of which were dated September 30, 1993, as well as a $145 million reducing revolving credit agreement assumed by the Company upon its acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts in June 1995. These agreements were replaced by a new $1.5 billion unsecured credit facility (reducing to $1.2 billion on December 31, 1999) which matures on December 31, 2000 (the "Facility"). The maturity date and reduction date may each be extended for an unlimited number of one-year periods with the consent of the bank group. The Facility contains financial covenants regarding minimum net worth, interest charge coverage, total debt and new venture capital expenditures and investments. The Facility is for general corporate purposes. The Company incurs commitment fees of 22.50 basis points on the unused portion of the Facility. As of January 31, 1996, the Company had $100.0 million of borrowings under the Facility. At such date, the Company had also $210.2 million issued under the corporate debt program thus reducing, by that amount, the credit available under the Facility for purposes other than repayment of corporate debt. The fair value of the debt issued under the corporate debt program approximates the carrying amount of the debt due to the short-term maturities of the individual components of the debt. In July 1993, the Company issued $150 million principal amount of 6 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "6 3/4% Notes") due July 2003 and $150 million principal amount of 7 5/8% Senior Subordinated Debentures (the "7 5/8% Debentures") due July 2013, with interest payable each July and January. The 6 3/4% Notes, which were discounted to $149.8 million, and the 7 5/8% Debentures are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements. The net proceeds from these offerings were used primarily to repay borrowings under the Company's corporate debt program. As of January 31, 1996, the estimated fair value of the 6 3/4% Notes was $152.2 million and the estimated fair value of the 7 5/8% Debentures was $151.9 million based on their trading price. In June 1990, the Company issued $100 million principal amount of 10 5/8% Senior Subordinated Notes (the "10 5/8% Notes") due June 1997, with interest payable each June and December. The 10 5/8% Notes, which were discounted to $99.9 million, are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements. Holders of the 10 5/8% Notes may require the Company to repurchase all or any portion of their notes at par upon the occurrence of both a Designated Event (as defined in the indenture) and a Rating Decline (as defined in the indenture). As of January 31, 1996, $9.1 million principal amount of the 10 5/8% Notes was owned by one of the Company's two founders. As of January 31, 1996, the estimated fair value of the 10 5/8% Notes was $106.3 million based on their trading price. The Company filed a shelf registration, effective January 11, 1996, with the Securities and Exchange Commission which will allow the issuance of up to $400 million of various types of debt securities. In February 1996, the Company issued $200 million principal amount of 6.45% Senior Notes due February 1, 2006 (the "6.45% Notes"), with interest payable each February and August. The 6.45% Notes, which were discounted to $199.6 million, are not redeemable prior to maturity and are not subject to any sinking fund requirements. The net proceeds from this offering were used primarily to repay borrowings under the Company's corporate debt program. -33- The Company has a policy aimed at managing interest rate risk associated with its current and anticipated future borrowings. This policy enables the Company to use any combination of interest rate swaps, futures, options, caps and similar arrangements. The Company has entered into various interest rate swaps, principally with its bank group, to manage interest expense, which is subject to fluctuation due to the variable rate nature of the debt under the Company's corporate debt program. The Company has interest rate swap agreements under which it pays a fixed interest rate (weighted average of approximately 8.8%) and receives a variable interest rate (weighted average of approximately 5.9% at January 31, 1996) on $114.5 million notional amount of "initial" swaps, and pays a variable interest rate (weighted average of approximately 5.7% at January 31, 1996) and receives a fixed interest rate (weighted average of approximately 8.2%) on $60 million notional amount of "reversing" swaps. The net effect of all such swaps resulted in additional interest expense, due to an interest rate differential which, at January 31, 1996, was approximately 1.0% on the total notional amount of the swaps. One of the initial swaps provides for quarterly reductions in the notional amount of up to $1 million. This swap has a current notional amount of $30 million, but declines to $22.5 million by its termination date in fiscal 1999. Excluding this swap, the initial swaps have the following termination dates: $30 million in fiscal 1997, $29.5 million in fiscal 1999 and $25 million in fiscal 2000. The reversing swaps expire as follows: $30 million in fiscal 1997 and $30 million in fiscal 2002. In addition to the aforementioned swaps, the Company has entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount of $100 million in which the Company pays a floating rate (5.9% at January 31, 1996 and capped at 6.5%) and receives a fixed interest rate of 4.75%. This swap corresponds in both notional amount and maturity to the Company's 10 5/8% Notes due in 1997. The variable interest rates which the Company pays or receives under the various swaps are based primarily upon the London Interbank Offering Rate (LIBOR). The Company is exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other parties to the interest rate swap agreements. However, the Company considers the risk of nonperformance by the counterparties to be minimal because the parties to the swaps and reverse swaps are predominantly members of the Company's bank group. If the Company had terminated all swaps as of January 31, 1996, it would have had to pay a net amount of approximately $2.5 million based on quoted market values from the various financial institutions holding the swaps. As of January 31, 1996, under the Company's most restrictive loan covenants, the Company was restricted as to the payment of dividends in excess of approximately $138 million, the purchase of its own capital stock in excess of approximately $438 million and was restricted from issuing additional debt in excess of approximately $629 million. Required annual principal payments as of January 31, 1996 are as follows: Year ending January 31, (in thousands) 1997 $ 863 1998 647 1999 100,171 2000 206 2001 310,405 Thereafter 303,785 $716,077 -34- Note 5. Leasing Arrangements Effective November 1, 1981, the Company entered into an 18-year lease for the premises on which the Silver City Casino in Las Vegas operates. This lease is accounted for as an operating lease. The current monthly base rent of $129,982 is subject to annual increases, calculated using a specified index with a cap based on a specified percentage of annual revenues. The lease also provides for profit participation, which began February 1988. The profit participation is the amount by which 50% of defined net income exceeds the adjusted base rent. There was no profit participation rent due for the three years ended January 31, 1996. The Company also leases various storage facilities and equipment and has various air space under operating leases expiring individually through 2032. A portion of the Circus Circus facility in Reno is built on leased land with various operating leases expiring through 2033. The following is a schedule by year of future minimum rental payments required as of January 31, 1996 under these operating leases that have noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year: Year ending January 31, (in thousands) 1997 $ 3,465 1998 2,759 1999 2,235 2000 1,796 2001 571 Thereafter 7,650 $ 18,476 Rent expense for all leases accounted for as operating leases was as follows: Year ended January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 1994 Operating rent expense $3,414 $3,452 $3,262 Note 6. Income Tax The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows: Year ended January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 1994 Current Federal $57,409 $56,745 $57,093 State 810 130 - 58,219 56,875 57,093 Deferred Federal 15,588 19,254 9,326 Foreign 3,054 2,075 - 18,642 21,329 9,326 Total $76,861 $78,204 $66,419 -35- The Company has recognized a tax benefit of $4.2 million, $1.2 million and $3.9 million related to the exercise of stock options and warrants for the fiscal years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively. Such amounts reduce the current portion that is actually payable. The cumulative balance of the deferred tax liability is due predominantly to temporary book/tax depreciation differences. The components of deferred income tax expense are as follows: Year ended January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 1994 Additional depreciation resulting from the use of accelerated methods for tax purposes and the straight-line method for financial state- ment purposes $11,418 $18,598 $9,679 Effect of writing off preopening expenses for financial state- ment purposes and amortizing over five years for tax purposes 1,514 861 (4,092) Loss on assets written off as impaired for book purposes not deducted for tax purposes (2,370) - - Difference between book and tax basis of investments in uncon- solidated affiliates 3,469 - - Effect of writing off research and experimental expenses for tax purposes and capitalizing for financial statement purposes - - 3,385 Foreign income 3,054 2,075 - Other, net 1,557 (205) 354 $18,642 $21,329 $9,326 The reconciliation of the difference between the federal statutory tax rate and the Company's effective tax rate is as follows: Year ended January 31, 1996 1995 1994 Federal statutory tax rate 35.0% 35.0% 34.9% Nondeductible goodwill 1.1 - - State and foreign income and franchise taxes, net of federal tax benefits .6 - - Adjust deferred tax balances for increase in federal statutory tax rate - - 1.0 Nondeductible employee meals .1 .9 .3 Other .6 .6 .2 Effective tax rate 37.4% 36.5% 36.4% -36- The income tax effects of temporary differences between financial and income tax reporting that gave rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities at January 31, 1996 and 1995, under the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, are as follows: (in thousands) 1996 1995 Deferred tax liabilities Property and equipment $136,929 $108,231 Investments in unconsolidated affiliates 8,793 2,076 Other 8,739 7,639 Gross deferred tax liabilities 154,461 117,946 Deferred tax assets Accrued vacation 3,989 3,572 Preopening expense, net of amortization 3,532 4,592 Other 6,116 4,469 Gross deferred tax assets 13,637 12,633 Net deferred tax liabilities $140,824 $105,313 Note 7. Stock Split In June 1993, the Board of Directors declared a 3-for-2 split of the Company's common stock, which was paid July 23, 1993, to stockholders of record on July 9, 1993. All share data in the accompanying financial statements has been adjusted retroactively for the 3-for-2 stock split. Note 8. Employee Retirement Plans Approximately 39% of the Company's employees are covered by union-sponsored, collectively bargained, multi-employer, defined benefit pension plans. The Company contributed $8.4 million, $8.1 million and $6.5 million during the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994, respectively, for such plans. These contributions are determined in accordance with the provisions of negotiated labor contracts and generally are based on the number of hours worked. The Company also has a profit sharing and investment plan covering primarily non-union employees who are at least 21 years of age and have at least one year of service. The plan is a voluntary defined contribution plan and is subject to the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974. The plan allows for investments in the Company's common stock as one of the investment alternatives. The Company's contributions to this plan are determined based on employees' years of service and matching of employees' contributions, and were approximately $3.6 million, $3.3 million and $3.3 million in the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994. Contributions may be funded with the Company's stock or cash. The fiscal 1996, 1995 and 1994 contributions were funded in cash. -37- Note 9. Warrants, Stock Options, Stock Rights and Share Repurchases WARRANTS In June 1989, the stockholders approved a stock purchase warrant plan enabling the Company to offer warrants to its officers and other key employees to purchase up to 4.5 million shares of the Company's common stock. In accordance with the provisions of such plan, the 4.5 million warrants were subsequently issued in June 1989 at a price of $.17 per warrant, with an exercise price of $14.33 ($.67 per share over the fair market value on the date the warrants were authorized). Each warrant has a term of seven years, with 50% of the warrants becoming exercisable two years from the date of grant and the remaining 50% three years from the date of grant. As of January 31, 1996, warrants representing 3.8 million shares had been exercised, including 352,000 shares which were exercised during the year ended January 31, 1996. STOCK OPTIONS The Company also has various stock option plans for executive, managerial, and supervisory personnel as well as the Company's outside directors and consultants. The plans permit grants of options, performance shares and restricted stock relating to the Company's common stock. During the year ended January 31, 1996, options for 3,782,500 shares (including warrants for 2,000,000 shares for which the Company received a $2 million purchase price) were granted at prices ranging from $25.25 to $35.33 with a weighted average exercise price of $27.99 per share, while options for 822,924 shares were exercised at prices ranging from $8.58 to $26.88 with a weighted average exercise price of $20.96 per share. As of January 31, 1996 options for 7.4 million shares remained exercisable at prices ranging from $8.58 to $39.34 with a weighted average exercise price of $24.75 per share, while options covering 2.6 million shares remained available for grant. The stock options are generally exercisable in one or more installments beginning not less than six months after the grant date. The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued its SFAS No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation," which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 1995. This statement recommends that companies account for stock option plans by recognizing the fair value of stock options granted over the vesting period of the option, but also permits companies to continue to account for employee stock options under Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 (APB No. 25), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." The Company will adopt SFAS No. 123 in its fiscal year ending January 31, 1997 but will continue to account for options under APB No. 25 and will disclose the pro forma net income and earnings per share effect as if the Company had used the fair value-based method recommended under SFAS No. 123. STOCK RIGHTS On July 14, 1994, the Company declared a dividend of one Common Stock Purchase Right (the "Rights") for each share of common stock outstanding at the close of business on August 15, 1994. Each Right entitles the holder to purchase from the Company one share of common stock at an exercise price of $125, subject to certain antidilution adjustments. The Rights become exercisable ten days after the earlier of an announcement that an individual or group has acquired 10% or more of the Company's outstanding common stock or the announcement of commencement of a tender offer for 10% or more of the Company's common stock. In the event the Rights become exercisable, each Right (except the Rights beneficially owned by the acquiring individual or group, which become void) would entitle the holder to purchase, for the exercise price, a number of shares of the Company's common stock having an aggregate current market value equal to two times the exercise price. The Rights expire August 15, 2004, and may be redeemed by the Company at a price of $.01 per Right any time prior to their expiration or the acquisition of 10% or more of the Company's common stock. The Rights should not interfere with any merger or other business -38- combination approved by the Company's Board of Directors and are intended to cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire control of the Company on terms not approved by the Board of Directors. SHARE REPURCHASES During the year ended January 31, 1995, the Company repurchased 0.5 million shares of its common stock at a cost of $15 million. In fiscal 1994, 1.6 million shares were repurchased at a cost of $57.3 million. Note 10. Redeemable Preferred Stock In connection with the acquisition of Gold Strike Resorts, New Way, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued 1,069,926 shares of $10.00 Cumulative Preferred Stock. Dividends are payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors. Each share of preferred stock is exchangeable for approximately 3.9 shares of the Company's common stock, however, no dividends are payable in the event of exchange. In general, the preferred stock is exchangeable by the holder thereof after two years from the date of issuance, and by the Company on the occurrence of certain events, including a merger of New Way, Inc. into another subsidiary of the Company. The exchange rate is subject to adjustment in the event of certain dilutive events. The preferred stock is subject to mandatory redemption on the fifteenth anniversary of the date of original issuance at a price equal to the liquidation preference ($100) plus all unpaid dividends. Of the preferred shares issued, 866,640 were issued to another wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Note 11. Preferred Stock The Company is authorized to issue up to 75 million shares of $.01 par value preferred stock in one or more series having such respective terms, rights and preferences as are designated by the Board of Directors. No preferred stock has yet been issued. Note 12. Earnings Per Share Earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Earnings per share assuming full dilution is not presented because the exercise of stock options and warrants and the conversion of exchangeable preferred stock would not have a material dilutive effect on the per share amounts. The weighted average number of shares outstanding for the years ended January 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994 were 97.2 million, 85.8 million and 87.0 million, respectively. Note 13. Investments In Unconsolidated Affiliates The Company has investments in unconsolidated affiliates that are accounted for under the equity method. Under the equity method, original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by the Company's share of earnings, losses and distributions of these companies. The investment balance also includes interest capitalized during construction. Investments in unconsolidated affiliates consist of the following: -39- January 31, (in thousands) 1996 1995 Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture (50%) (Hotel/Casino, Reno, Nevada) $ 52,917 $55,256 Windsor Casino Limited (33 1/3%) (Casino, Windsor, Canada) 11,799 5,413 American Entertainment, L.L.C. (50%) (Riverboat Casino, Chalmette, Louisiana) - 14,171 Elgin Riverboat Resort (50%) (Riverboat Casino, Elgin, Illinois) 56,719 - Victoria Partners (50%) (Hotel/Casino, Las Vegas, Nevada) 51,835 - $173,270 $74,840 In June 1995, the Company purchased the remaining 50% interest in American Entertainment, L.L.C. from the other partner and in July 1995, the Company sold the unfinished riverboat project (see Note 14 for additional details). The Company's 50% interests in each of Elgin Riverboat Resort and Victoria Partners were acquired as part of the merger with Gold Strike Resorts. All of the Company's investments in unconsolidated affiliates operate with fiscal years ending on December 31. Summarized balance sheet information of the unconsolidated affiliates as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 is as follows: (in thousands) 1995 1994 Current assets $ 58,402 $ 16,025 Property and other assets, net $650,764 $188,219 Current liabilities $ 72,416 $ 22,812 Long-term debt and other liabilities $324,538 $ 57,958 Equity $312,212 $123,474 Summarized results of operations of the unconsolidated affiliates for the years ended December 31, 1995 and 1994 are as follows: (in thousands) 1995 1994 Revenues $305,257 $ 16,834 Expenses $177,108 $ 2,790 Operating income $128,149 $ 14,044 Net income $119,487 $ 14,044 Note 14. Abandonment loss During the second quarter, the Company wrote-off $45.1 million of costs associated with various assets which were disposed of or whose values had otherwise become impaired. The Company sold its partially completed riverboat gaming facility in Chalmette, Louisiana for $4 million. The Company had a net investment (including a loan to the other joint venturer) of $35.5 million in this project and thus recognized a loss of $31.5 million on this sale. After reevaluating the New Orleans market, the Company determined that this project could no longer promise a sufficiently high rate of return to meet Company objectives. The Company wrote-off $6.2 million representing the remaining value of a parking garage and people mover at Circus Circus-Reno. The Company also wrote-off $3.7 million for a dismantled monorail system between Luxor and Excalibur, $2.1 million for a dismantled gondola system at Circus Circus-Las Vegas and $1.6 million for miscellaneous other assets. -40- Note 15. Commitments and Contingent Liabilities In December 1993, Windsor Casino Limited, a corporation owned equally by Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc., Caesars World, Inc. and Hilton Hotels Corporation or their subsidiaries, was selected to exclusively negotiate an agreement to design, build and operate a casino complex in Windsor, Ontario, Canada. The planned complex will include casino, showroom and meeting facilities as well as a 400-room hotel, all located in Windsor's central business district, immediately across the Detroit River from Detroit, Michigan. An interim casino, operated by Windsor Casino Limited, opened in May 1994. In December 1995, the interim facility was expanded to include a dockside casino, bringing the total casino space to approximately 75,000 square feet. The corporation is currently negotiating an agreement for a permanent facility. On July 28, 1995, Silver Legacy, a 50/50 joint venture with the Eldorado Hotel/Casino (a privately held company) opened in downtown Reno, Nevada. Silver Legacy is themed as a turn-of-the-century silver- mining town and is located on a site between Circus Circus- Reno and the Eldorado, connected to both properties by enclosed skyways. The cost of Silver Legacy was approximately $350 million (excluding preopening expenses), of which the venturers contributed $103.8 million in equity. On May 31, 1995, the joint venture completed a $230 million bank credit agreement with its bank group. A portion of the proceeds of this loan were used to repay amounts previously lent to the joint venture by the Company. As a condition to the credit agreement, Circus guaranteed completion of Silver Legacy and, in addition, entered into a make-well agreement whereby it is obligated to make additional contributions to the joint venture as may be necessary to maintain a minimum coverage ratio (as defined). As of January 31, 1996, the Company had a net equity investment of approximately $52.9 million in the project and had outstanding loans to the joint venture in the principal amount of $27.5 million. The Company owns a 50% interest in a joint venture (with Mirage Resorts, Incorporated) which is developing Monte Carlo, a major destination resort under construction on the Las Vegas Strip for which the Company serves as the venture's manager. Monte Carlo has an estimated cost of $350 million (including land, capitalized interest and preopening expenses), and the Company is obligated to fund a portion of such cost in excess of certain equity contributions and the funding provided by a $200 million construction loan and $10 million of vendor financing. As a condition to the construction loan, the Company has guaranteed the completion of Monte Carlo. The Company's total equity contribution is anticipated to be approximately $70 million, of which $45.1 million had been funded as of January 31, 1996. Monte Carlo is scheduled to open June 21, 1996. In January 1996, the Company commenced construction on a major expansion at Luxor that will include approximately 2,000 additional rooms, situated in two identical 22-story towers designed in a stepped-pyramid style, located between Luxor and Excalibur. The expansion will also include additional casino space, retail area, restaurants, and a multi-purpose showroom, as well as a signature dark ride with a working title of "Tutmania," an adventure through the fabled and enchanted tombs of ancient Egypt. The rooms should open by the end of calendar 1996. The estimated cost for this expansion is approximately $250 million. Also in January 1996, the Company commenced construction of a 1,000- room tower addition at Circus Circus-Las Vegas, which is scheduled for completion by the end of 1996. This addition will bring the total number of rooms at Circus Circus-Las Vegas to approximately 3,800. In concert with this expansion, the Company is also refurbishing all of the existing rooms at Circus Circus-Las Vegas. The estimated cost of the 1,000-room tower is approximately $60 million. The Company has funded the above projects from internal cash flows, project specific financing or its credit facility, and anticipates that future funding for such projects will be from these sources, including the $1.5 billion credit facility, of which approximately $1.19 billion was not drawn as of January 31, 1996. The Company is a defendant in various pending litigation. In management's opinion, the ultimate outcome of such litigation will not have a material effect on the results of operations or the financial position of the Company. -41- REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc.: We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. (a Nevada corporation) and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1996 and 1995 and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 1996. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. and subsidiaries as of January 31, 1996 and 1995 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP Las Vegas, Nevada February 28, 1996 Management's Report on Financial Statements The Company is responsible for preparing the consolidated financial statements and related information appearing in this report. Management believes that the financial statements present fairly its financial position, results of operations and cash flows in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. In preparing its financial statements, the Company is required to include amounts based on estimates and judgments which management believes are reasonable under the circumstances. The Company maintains accounting and other control systems designed to provide reasonable assurance that financial records are reliable for purposes of preparing financial statements and that assets are properly accounted for and safeguarded. Compliance with these systems and controls is reviewed through a program of audits by an internal audit staff. The Board of Directors fulfills its responsibility for the Company's financial statements through its audit committee, which is composed solely of directors who are not Company officers or employees. The audit committee meets from time to time with the independent public accountants, management and the internal auditors. The independent public accountants have direct access to the audit committee, with or without the presence of management representatives. -42-
EX-21 12 Exhibit 21 Subsidiaries of the Company Set forth below is information concerning the Company's (CCEI) subsidiaries and their respective ownership. Jurisdiction Percentage Name and Form of Ownership Circus Circus Casinos, Inc.(1) Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Slots-A-Fun, Inc.(2) Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Edgewater Hotel Corporation(3) Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Colorado Belle Corp.(4) Nevada corporation 100% CCEI New Castle Corp.(5) Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Ramparts, Inc.(6) Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Circus Circus Mississippi, Inc.(7) Mississippi corporation 100% CCEI Pinkless, Inc.(8) Nevada corporation 100% CCEI New Way, Inc. ("NWI")* Nevada corporation 100% MSE Circus Circus Development Corp. Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Galleon, Inc.("GI") Nevada corporation 100% CCEI M.S.E. Investments, Incorporated ("MSE") Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Last Chance Investments, Incorporated ("LCI") Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Goldstrike Investments, Incorporated ("GSI") Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Diamond Gold, Inc. ("DGI") Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Oasis Development Company, Inc. ("ODC") Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Goldstrike Finance Company, Inc. Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Railroad Pass Investment Group ("RPIG")(9) Nevada partnership 70% MSE 20% LCI 10% GSI Jean Development Company ("JDC")(10) Nevada partnership 40% MSE 40% LCI 20% GSI Jean Development West ("JDW")(11) Nevada partnership 40% MSE 40% LCI 12% GSI 8% DGI Nevada Landing Partnership ("NLP") Illinois partnership 40% MSE 40% LSI 5% GSI 15% DGI Gold Strike L.V. ("GSLV") Nevada partnership 39% MSE 39% LCI 6.5% GSI 2.5% DGI 13% NWI Jean Development North ("JDN") Nevada partnership 38.5% MSE 38.5% LCI 5% GSI 9% DGI 9% NWI Lakeview Gaming Partnerships Joint Venture Nevada partnership 16 % RPIG 16 % JDC 16 % JDN 16 % JDW 16 % NLP 16 % GSLV Gold Strike Resorts, Inc. Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Gold Strike Fuel Company Nevada partnership 16 % MSE 16 % LCI 16 % GSI 50% ODC Jean Fuel Company West Nevada partnership 40% MSE 40% LCI 12% GSI 8% ODC Goldstrike Aviation, Incorporated Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Circus Circus Missouri, Inc. Missouri corporation 100% CCEI Circus Circus Louisiana, Inc. ("CCLI") Louisiana corporation 100% CCEI Circus Circus Louisiana II, Inc. ("CCLII") Louisiana corporation 100% CCEI American Entertainment, L.L.C. Louisiana limited liability co. 50% CCLI 50% CCLII Circus Australia Casino, Inc. Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Circus Circus Indiana, Inc. Indiana corporation 100% CCEI Pine Hills Development Mississippi partnership 90% PHDII Pine Hills Development II ("PHDII") Mississippi partnership 50.5% MSE 32% LCI 7.5% GSI 2.5% DGI 7.5% NWI Gold Strike Resorts, L.L.C. Indiana limited liability company 40% MSE 36% LCI 10% GSI 2% DGI 12% NWI Scentsational, Inc. Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Racing Boats, Inc. Nevada corporation 100% CCEI Other Interests: Darling Casino Limited Australian public company limited by shares 50% CCEI Windsor Casino Limited Canadian corporation 33 % CCEI Circus and Eldorado Joint Venture Nevada partnership 50% GI Victoria Partners Nevada partnership 50% GSLV Elgin Riverboat Resort Illinois partnership 50% NLP * MSE owns 100% of the common stock of New Way, Inc., and 81% of the non- voting preferred stock of New Way, Inc. A total of 19% of non-voting preferred stock of New Way, Inc., convertible into common stock of CCEI, is owned by five individuals who are affiliated with CCEI. (1) Doing business as Circus Circus Hotel & Casino - Las Vegas, Circus Circus Hotel & Casino - Reno and Silver City Casino. (2) Doing business as Slots-A-Fun Casino. (3) Doing business as Edgewater Hotel & Casino. (4) Doing business as Colorado Belle Hotel & Casino. (5) Doing business as Excalibur Hotel & Casino. (6) Doing business as Luxor Hotel & Casino. (7) Doing business as Circus Circus - Tunica. (8) Doing business as Hacienda Resort Hotel & Casino. (9) Doing business as Railroad Pass Hotel & Casino. (10) Doing business as Goldstrike Hotel and Gambling Hall. (11) Doing business as Nevada Landing Hotel & Casino. EX-27 13
5 1,000 YEAR JAN-31-1996 JAN-31-1996 62,704 0 14,527 0 20,459 124,380 1,965,280 490,596 2,211,893 93,922 715,214 18,530 0 1,880 1,224,932 2,211,893 1,299,596 1,299,596 0 1,021,554 26,669 0 45,614 205,759 76,861 128,898 0 0 0 128,898 1.33 1.33
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----